Contents   Zoom In   Zoom Out   For navigation instructions please click here   Search Issue   Next Page




                                                                  ____________________




Contents   Zoom In   Zoom Out   For navigation instructions please click here   Search Issue   Next Page
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                    A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                        Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue                    B
                                                                                                                       Next Page EMaGS   F




              Exceptional optical performance comes naturally.
              Nothing is more treasured in field termination than exceptional optical performance. The secret to UniCam® Pretium™-
              Performance Connectors is inside – a laser-cleaved, factory-polished fiber stub that ensures outstanding connectivity in
              a no-epoxy/no-polish (NENP) connector. UniCam Pretium-Performance Multimode Connectors offer 0.1 dB insertion loss.
              And UniCam Pretium-Performance Single-Mode Connectors enable 0.2 dB insertion loss. That’s exceptional optical
              performance in less than a minute per fiber, from the most widely deployed NENP connector on the market. Naturally ...
              Customer-focused innovation is second nature at Corning.
              www.corning.com/cablesystems/cimls




              © 2007 Corning Cable Systems LLC / LS-02413




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                    A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                        Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue                    B
                                                                                                                       Next Page EMaGS   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                          A

Installation 7Maintenance
                             Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out   Front Cover    Search Issue               Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                          B   F




                      Turn your cable tester into an OTDR
                      and watch the transformation begin.



                                                                 See how the DTX Compact OTDR Module
                                                                 can turn your cable tester into an OTDR
                                                                 and your staff into fiber experts – to
                                                                 completely transform your fiber business.
                                                                 Imagine. A cable tester that becomes a
                                                                 compact, easy-to-use, full-featured OTDR.
                                                                 Better yet, imagine what that means for your
                                                                 business. A single tool to test copper and
                                                                 fiber. An OTDR your current technicians can
                                                                 easily use. Fiber jobs you couldn’t do before.
                                                                 Just snap the DTX Compact OTDR module onto
                                                                 a DTX mainframe – the industry’s benchmark
                                                                 for cable certification. Now you’re ready
                                                                 to test like a fiber expert. Perform Basic
                                                                 (Tier 1) and Extended (Tier 2) fiber certifica-
                                                                 tion. Perform powerful single-ended trouble-
                                                                 shooting. Deliver professional documentation.
                                                                 Win jobs that require OTDR
                                                                 testing and watch your
                                                                 revenue and profits
                                                                 increase. Look to
                                                                 the new DTX Compact
                                                                 OTDR and watch the
                                                                 transformation begin.


                                                                 Go to www.flukenetworks.com/seehow
                                                                 to enter to win a DTX Compact OTDR
                                                                 and see a live demo.




             N E T W O R K S U P E R V I S I O N                                ©2007 Fluke Corporation. All rights reserved. 02152




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                          A

Installation 7Maintenance
                             Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out   Front Cover    Search Issue               Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                          B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                            A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                              Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out     Front Cover    Search Issue                B
                                                                                                                Next Page EMaGSF




                        Our U.S. area of expertise.




                    No matter where you’re located, our fiber optic cable products are there. Optical Cable Corporation
                            has built a network of reliable stocking distributors and a dedicated sales team committed to
                        getting you the best fiber optic cables for your requirements when you need them...where you
                     need them. For over 20 years, we have been manufacturing the broadest range of top-performing
                     tight-buffered fiber optic cables for most applications in the government, military, and commercial
                              markets. Your order is our top priority. Contact Optical Cable Corporation for a stocking
                                                   distributor nearest you. We are where you are.




                                      1-800-622-7711
                                      5290 Concourse Drive • Roanoke, Virginia 24019 • Phone 540-265-0690 • www.occfiber.com



C Previous Page
                                                                                                                            A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                              Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out     Front Cover    Search Issue                B
                                                                                                                Next Page EMaGSF
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                                                      Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out                      Front Cover                       Search Issue      Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       B    F




                                      COVER IMAGES SUPPLIED BY ANIXTER.


                                                                                        JULY 2007               VOL. 15, NO. 7




           ABOUT THE COVER
         Using vendor-neutral
              testing, Anixter’s                                               features
                                                                          15
      Infrastructure Solutions
    Lab is demonstrating real-                                                 The myths and realities of
      world IP convergence of                                                  shielded, screened cabling
      security and networking                                                  Potential users must separate fact from fiction concerning noise
    infrastructure products so
                                                                               immunity, grounding, and the antenna effect. VALERIE RYBINSKI
     that customers can know


                                                                          25
  what will work best for their
  installation before investing.                                               Abandoned cable removal
                TO LEARN MORE,
                   SEE PAGE 49.
                                                                               a dogged challenge for all
                                                                               Unfortunately, for everyone, ignoring the issue won’t
                                                                               make it go away. PATRICK McLAUGHLIN


                                                                          29   Twisted pair options for 10-Gigabit Ethernet
                                                                               Conducting appropriate tests will help ensure your medium of choice
                                                                               is ready for high-frequency, high-speed transmission. HUGO DRAYE


                                                                          37   Products and technologies
                                                                               meeting myriad challenges
                                                                               Latest innovations aim to alleviate problems associated with cable
                                                                               management, power consumption, security and, oh-by-the-way,
                                                                               signal transmission. PATRICK McLAUGHLIN & STEVE SMITH


                                                                          40   WLAN goes fat to thin and back again
                                                                               When the industry moved to centralized wireless
                                                                               solutions with switch-based controllers, many thought
                                                                               the war between “fat” and “thin” was over. But now it
                                                                               appears the battle is still on. BETSY ZIOBRON
                                                                                                                                                                                     departments
                                                                                                                                                                                         6 Editorial
                                                                                                                                                                                           Your network’s health is everything
                                                                          49   INDUSTRY SPOTLIGHT
                                                                               ■   Anixter lab integrates networking, security
                                                                                                                                                                                         9 Ask Donna
                                                                                                                                                                                           ‘Abandoned’ headaches
                                                                               ■   Big Blue digging deep for data center purge                                                             begin early
                                                                               ■   Cat 6A solution undergoes 10-GbE traffic test                                                         54 New Products
                                                                               ■   Flexible racks meet military media center specs                                                      56 Product Focus:
                                                                               ■   Wireless Gigabit Ethernet on-the-fly                                                                     FIBER-OPTIC POLISHING
                                                                                                                                                                                           EQUIPMENT




           CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE (ISSN 1073-3108), a trademark, is published 12 times a year, monthly, by PennWell Corporation, 1421 South Sheridan Road,
           Tulsa, OK 74112; telephone (918) 835-3161; fax (918) 831-9497; Web address www.pennwell.com. Editorial offices: 98 Spit Brook Road, Nashua, NH 03062-5737;
           telephone (603) 891-0123. © 2007 CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE. All rights reserved. Authorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use, or the
           internal or personal use of specific clients, is granted by CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE (ISSN 1073-3108), provided that the appropriate fee is paid directly to
           Copyright Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923 USA; (978) 750-8400. Prior to photocopying items for educational classroom use, please contact
           Copyright Clearance Center, Inc., 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923 USA; (978) 750-8400. For further information, check CCC Online at the following address:
           http://www.copyright.com/. All rights reserved. No material may be reprinted. Bulk reprints can be ordered from Diane Troyer, telephone (603) 891-9135. Corporate
           officers: Frank T. Lauinger, Chairman; Robert F. Biolchini, President and CEO.

           POSTMASTER: Send address changes to: CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE, Circulation Dept., P.O. Box 3280, Northbrook, Il 60065-3280.
           Return undeliverable Canadian Addresses to: P.O. Box 1632, Windsor, ON N9A 7C9. Periodicals postage paid at Tulsa, OK 74101 and other additional
           offices. Subscriptions: In the U.S.: one year $74; Canada/Int’l surface : one year $84; International via air: one year $100. If available, back issues can be purchased
           for $16 in the U.S. and $21 elsewhere. We make portions of our subscriber list available to carefully screened companies that offer products and services that
           may be important for your work. If you do not want to receive those offers and/or information, please let us know by contacting us at List Services, CABLING
           INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE, 98 Spit Brook Road, Nashua, NH 03062-5737-“Canada return address: PO Box 122, Niagara Falls, ON L2E 6S4”.

           www.cable-install.com                                                                                                                                     Cabling Installation & Maintenance     ■   July 2007   ■   3




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                                                      Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out                      Front Cover                       Search Issue      Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                                                                       B    F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                            A

Installation 7Maintenance
                            Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out   Front Cover     Search Issue                 Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                            B  F




                                                                   Chief Editor / Patrick McLaughlin
                                                                   (603) 891-9222 • patrick@pennwell.com

                                                                   Executive Editor / Steve Smith
                                                                   (603) 891-9139 • stevesm@pennwell.com

                                                                   Senior Editor / Matt Vincent
                                                                   (603) 891-9262 • mattv@pennwell.com

                                                                   Circulation Manager / Michelle Blake
                                                                   (603) 891-9360 • michellb@pennwell.com

                                                                   Art Director / Kelli Mylchreest

                                                                   Lead Illustrator / Dan Rodd

                                                                   Senior Vice President/Group Publishing Director
                                                                   Mark Finkelstein
                                                                   (603) 891-9133 • mark@pennwell.com

                                                                   Associate Publisher/National Sales Manager
                                                                   Ed Murphy
                                                                   (603) 891-9260 • edm@pennwell.com


                                                                   CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
                                                                   EXECUTIVE AND EDITORIAL OFFICES
                                                                   PennWell ATD
                                                                   98 Spit Brook Road
                                                                   Nashua, NH 03062-5737
                                                                   Tel: (603) 891-0123, fax: (603) 891-9245
                                                                   Internet: www.cable-install.com

                                                                   SUBSCRIPTION INQUIRIES:
                                                                   For subscriptions or to change your format to print or digital,
                                                                   please go to: www.cim-subscribe.com. Subscriptions outside
                                                                   the USA are available in digital format only.




                                                                   CORPORATE OFFICERS
                                                                   Chairman / Frank T. Lauinger

                                                                   President and Chief Executive Officer / Robert F. Biolchini

                                                                   Chief Financial Officer / Mark C. Wilmoth

                                                                   ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY DIVISION
                                                                   Senior Executive Assistant
                                                                   Carol Woodward
                                                                   Tel: (603) 891-9112, fax: (603) 891-9287
                                                                   carolw@pennwell.com

                                                                   VP Audience Development / Gloria S. Adams


                                                                   ATD PUBLISHING SERVICES DEPARTMENTS
                                                                   Art Director / Meg Fuschetti

                                                                   Production Director / Mari Rodriguez
                                                                   (603) 891-9193 • marir@pennwell.com

                                                                   Marketing Communication Manager / Kristen Jones
                                                                   (603) 891-9425 • kristenj@pennwell.com

                                                                   Ad Traffic Manager / Jackie Linker
                                                                   (918) 832-9314 • jackiel@pennwell.com

                                  ________________

                                                                   PRINTED IN THE USA                          GST NO. 126813153

                                                                           Publications Mail Agreement Number 40052420




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                            A

Installation 7Maintenance
                            Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out   Front Cover     Search Issue                 Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                            B  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                     A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out    Front Cover        Search Issue                       B
                                                                                                                       Next Page EMaGS  F




            Are you ready to feel the speed?
            Super fast testing with the WireScope Pro LAN Cabling Tester

                                                                              Agilent’s WireScope Pro tester sweeps a full 1GHz in a few
                                                                              seconds, boosting your test speed to new industry leading
                                                                              Cat 6A and Cat 7 autotest times of 9 seconds. It also
                                                                              accelerates your copper and fiber testing with dual-
                                                                              wavelength fiber probes, the elimination of field calibration,
                                                                              and a new auto-increment capability.

                                                                              The WireScope Pro tester is the only handheld to provide
                                                                              Alien Crosstalk (AXT) measurements simultaneously on
                                                                              multiple ‘exciter’ cables, as well as produce final results on
                                                                              the spot, so you can quickly handle any future AXT field
                                                                              testing requirements. Alternative approaches could take hours
                                                                              to complete and require PC post processing to see the results.

                                                                              With simple software upgrades and a robust hardware
                                                                              platform operating at 1 GHz frequency, you’ll save on the cost
                                                                              of test because you’ll stay state-of-the-art for many years,
                                                                              eliminating the need to buy new testers every year or two.

            u.s. 1-800-829-4444, ext. 5465                                    Experience the speed of the WireScope Pro tester now at
            canada 1-877-894-4414, ext. 5465                                  www.agilent.com/find/wirescope or by talking to one of our
                                                                              _____________________
            www.agilent.com/find/wirescope
            _________________________                                         engineers by calling our 800 #s.




            © Agilent Technologies, Inc. 2006




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                     A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out    Front Cover        Search Issue                       B
                                                                                                                       Next Page EMaGS  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                         A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                     Contents Zoom In          Zoom Out         Front Cover           Search Issue        Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                         B  F




                            Your network’s health is everything
                             R
                                       ecently, I had occasion to           A doctor had ordered radiologi-            department will.
                                       spend time in a special-care       cal tests on a patient and required            But even more striking was the
                                       unit at a hospital—not as a        the results “stat.” Now, I have seen         doctor’s exasperation at being put
                             patient, but visiting for many hours         enough episodes of ER (I’ll never            on infinite hold twice, not by some
                             with a loved one who was a patient in        admit to watching Grey’s Anatomy)            automated answering system, but
                             the unit. Because all medical matters        to know that “stat” means right away.        by a real person. Then it dawned on
                             were resolved positively and this            Two hours later, the doctor could            me that the doctor, along with all her
                             member of my family came home                find no results in the hospital’s data       colleagues, relies first and foremost
                             healthy, I was able to reflect on my         network. So, she called the radiology        on the data network for the infor-
                             time in that hospital with some              department desk, demanding to                mation she needs. And there’s good
                             practicality rather than completely          know why so much time had elapsed            reason for this doctor to look for in-
                                                emotionally.              with no answers. The individual who          formation in a database long before
                                                   And one or two         answered the phone in the radiology          looking for it from an individual.
                                                of my observations        department put the doctor on hold—             We live in a fully connected world
                                                made me think             and kept her there. Frustrated, the          whose human element is almost
                                                about networking          doctor called the desk again and             always disconnected. We’ve had cell
                                                and cabling.              made the same demand. Unbeliev-              phones forever and through Black-
                                                   But fi rst things      ably, the same thing happened: on            berries have been able to get our
                                                first. While a visi-      hold forever.                                e-mail from just about anywhere.
                                                tor at the hospital, I       So, the situation got escalated to the    But how many phone messages go
                                                was the beneficiary       top-ranking member of the radiology          unreturned? How many e-mails
                             of many comforts and accommoda-              department. At that time, the doctor         unanswered? The digital signals do
                             tions, one of which was the opportu-         learned the results were, in fact, avail-    their jobs by getting information
                             nity to spend time at my loved one’s         able; the head of radiology read the         from one point to another; it’s the
                             bedside any time of the day or night.        results to the doctor over the phone,        people who have become the black
                             As such, I witnessed more inner              and the doctor went about caring for         hole. I have been a frustrated mes-
                             workings of that environment than            her patient based on the information         sage-sender at times. I have also been
                             I ever imagined I would. That means          she had just received. In an environ-        a guilty non-returner of correspon-
                             I saw patients in various stages             ment of such immediacy, the doctor           dence. So, if I’m going to point a finger
                             of distress, and observed the quick          quickly moved on to the next order           anywhere, it will point to me first.
                             (and I don’t mind saying heroic)             of business. She did not have the lux-         The experience made me realize
                             actions of doctors and nurses who            ury of stopping to either ponder or          that many of the information sys-
                             literally saved at least one life in         complain about the communication             tems you build and use today have
                             front of my eyes.                            breakdown that had just taken place.         become more relied-upon than
                                So, here are these health-care pro-          I eavesdropped on this event with         people. Scary. But not nearly as scary
                             viders working around the clock to           interest because, after all, my loved        as sitting by a loved one’s hospital
                             maintain the health of the patients in       one could have been the next one for         bed for a few days.
                             their care, or to restore their patients’    whom radiological test results were
                             health. They don’t need, and won’t           needed stat. One thing that occurred
                             tolerate, something like a network           to me was the information that was
                             interruption getting in their way. But       supposed to be in the hospital’s da-
                             they almost did while I was watching.        ta network and available to the doc-
                             While I’m sure there’s much more to          tor, was not. A network problem?                                PATRICK McLAUGHLIN
                                                                                                                                                  Mc
                             the story than I saw and heard, I’ll         Could be. Cabling-related? I’ll never                                     Chief Editor
                             retell it from my vantage point.             know, but hopefully the hospital’s IT                           patrick@pennwell.com

             6   ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                                 www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                         A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                     Contents Zoom In          Zoom Out         Front Cover           Search Issue        Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                         B  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                 A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In              Zoom Out   Front Cover      Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                                    Next Page EMaGS   F




                            How many tools do you use to
                       Certify, Identify, Configure & Document
                                your Ethernet network?
                                   (That’s too many!)

                                     Validator-NT
                                                                                                                              ™




                                       The All-in-One Network Management Tool
                            CERTIFY individual Ethernet cable runs up to
                            1 Gigabit Speed per IEEE802.3 specifications.
                            Test for TIA568 Interconnect problems. Determine
                            fault locations, cable length and delay or noise                                                         4" color LCD screen
                            conditions. Produce and print cable test schedules                                                       Lithium/ion battery
                            and cable test results. Qualify lines for VoIP usage.                                                    provides 8 continuous
                                                                                                                                     hours of use
                            IDENTIFY active components of your network on                                                            Unlimited flash
                            the other end of the cable. Identify all types of equipment                                              card memory
                            and port service discovery with advertised speed ratings
                            and DHCP negotiation. Access IP addresses, ping equipment
                            and flash hubs/switches for positive port location.

                            CONFIGURE links between nodes at Gigabit speed.
                            Check IP addresses on netmask, Gateway/routers and domain
                            name servers. Confirm links between equipment for changes
                            or upgrades.

                            DOCUMENT the network with the included powerful
                            Plan-Um™ software. Create layouts of offices/premises or import
                                                   existing Visio/AutoCAD drawings. Show
                                                   cables and equipment they connect to in
                                                   physical locations. Print out layouts and
                                                   corresponding Cable Test Schedules. The Network
                                                   Tool section of Plan-Um™ allows you to create a complete
                                                   topology layout of the network for on-site reference, showing
                                                   connections, equipment and cable pathways. You can add notes to each
                                                   component of the network for future add, changes, and move legacy information.
                            Powerful Plan-Um™
                                                                                    Everything you need to Test, Trace
                            software included
                                                                                    and Tune your Ethernet Network.
                                                  NT955
                                                MSRP only
                                                $1495.00




                                                                                                       www.test-um.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                 A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In              Zoom Out   Front Cover      Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                                    Next Page EMaGS   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                            Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue          B
                                                                                       Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                               F




                                                            ____________________________




C Previous Page
                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                            Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue          B
                                                                                       Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                               F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                  A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                           Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out         Front Cover        Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                  B    F




          ‘Abandoned’ headaches begin early
           Editor’s note: This month, we bring you a slice of “Best of Ask Donna” from         tion Systems, Section 820.2 defines
           years past. This column originally ran all the way back in February 2003, “Abandoned Coaxial Cable” as
           so why did we take it out of mothballs now? The first question-and-answer “Installed coaxial cable that is not ter-
           volley provides complementary information to another article running in             minated at equipment other than a
           this issue (see pages 25 and 26). When reading, please note that the portions       coaxial connector and not identified
           of the NEC discussed herein look essentially the same in the 2005 edition as        for future use with a tag.”
           they do in the 2002 edition.                                                           Article 830 Network-Powered
              Then Donna finishes up with a question about the potential danger of lay- Broadband Communications Sys-
           ing unshielded twisted-pair cables too neatly. It struck me as an eerie fore- tems, Section 830.2 defines “Aban-
           shadowing of what the industry has been dealing with for the past couple            doned Network-Powered Broadband
           years. I hope you enjoy this month’s “Best of Ask Donna” and, even more             Communications
           importantly, find it useful.—Ed.                                                    Cable” as “Installed
                                                                                               network-powered
           Q: I have a quick question. Could            and Power-Limited Circuits, Sec- broadband com-
           I get the exact wording of what              tion 725.2 defines “Abandoned Class    munications cable
           the National Electrical Code 2002            2, Class 3, and PLTC Cable” as “in- that is not termi-
           states concerning abandoned                  stalled Class 2, Class 3, and PLTC     nated at equip-
           cables in the plenum?                        cable that is not terminated at equip- ment other than a
                                      Brent Clements    ment and not identified for future     connector and not
                                       Rice University  use with a tag.”                       identified for future
                                           Houston, TX    Article 760 Fire Alarm Systems, use with a tag.”
                                                        Section 760.2 defines “Abandoned           So, what is this telling us? No-
           A: The question may be quick, but            Fire Alarm Cable” as “Installed fire   tice the common thread, “and not
           the answer certainly is not. Let’s           alarm cable that is not terminated     identified for future use with a tag.”
           begin with the definitions of aban- at equipment other than a connec- Any cable addressed in these specific
           doned cable. In NEC 2002, there              tor and not identified for future use  articles that is “tagged for future use”
           are seven definitions for abandoned          with a tag.”                           is not abandoned cable.
           cable. Ironically, none are in Article         Article 770 Optical Fiber Cables         In some cases, having a connec-
           100, the section on definitions (yet).       and Raceways, Section 770.2 defines    tor terminated at one end (audio dis-
              Article 640 Audio Signal Pro- “Abandoned Optical Fiber Cable” as                 tribution cable; Class 2, Class 3, and
           cessing, Amplification, and Repro- “Installed optical fiber cable that is           PLTC Cable) or both ends (commu-
           duction Equipment, Section 640.2             not terminated at equipment other      nications cable) of the cable means
           defines “Abandoned Audio Distri- than a connector and not identified                that it is not abandoned cable.
           bution Cable” as “installed audio            for future use with a tag.”               While in other cases, having the
           distribution cable that is not termi-          Article 800 Communications Cir- cable connected to equipment that
           nated at equipment and not identi- cuits, Section 800.2 defines “Aban- is not a connector (fire alarm ca-
           fied for future use with a tag.”             doned Communications Cable” as         ble; optical fiber cable; coaxial ca-
              Article 725 Class 1, Class 2, and “Installed communications cable that           ble; network-powered broadband
           Class 3 Remote-Control, Signaling, is not terminated at both ends at a              communications cable) means that
                                                        connector or other equipment and       it is not an abandoned cable. In NEC
           DONNA BALLAST is BICSI’s standards
                               s          standards
                                                        not identified for future use with     speak, a “connector” is “equipment,”
           representative, and a BICSI registered
                           and a BICSI registered
           communications distribution designer (RCDD).
                            distribution designer       a tag.”                                and that is why the “equipment other
           (RCDD). Send your question tovia e-mail:
           Send your questions to Donna Donna at:         Article 820 Community Anten- than a connector” verbiage is used.
           dballast@swbell.net                          na Television and Radio Distribu-          Most Sections [640.3(A); ➤

            www.cable-install.com                                                                 Cabling Installation & Maintenance   ■   July 2007   ■   9




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                  A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                           Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out         Front Cover        Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                  B    F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                      A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                              Contents Zoom In                   Zoom Out           Front Cover            Search Issue            Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                      B  F




           725.3(B); 760.3(A); 770.3(A); 800.52(B);      You asked specifically about ple-                             Q: I was reviewing the discussion on the
           820.3; 830(A)] only address the “acces- num spaces, but the same text applies                               BICSI Public Forum about laying cables
           sible portion” of an abandoned cable        to plenum, riser, and hollow spaces in                          parallel to each other in a fi xed physical
           as “not be permitted to remain.” Arti- the building. If it is “abandoned” and                               relationship. I noticed that one comment
           cle 100 defines “Accessible (as applied to “accessible,” take it out.                                       said that the European norm addresses
           wiring methods)” as “Capable of being         Seven definitions for almost the same                         it to some degree. Do you know if any
           removed or exposed without damag- term is a lot, even for the NFPA. So, for                                 of the U.S. standards have intentions to
           ing the building structure or finish or NEC 2005 the International Brother-                                 address it? I have a client in New Jersey,
           not permanently closed in by the struc- hood of Electrical Workers Codes and                                with a large data center, that is asking
           ture or fi nish of the building.” … So, Standards Committee is proposing to                                 me for input. At present they are laying
           this is not a surgical removal in a fin- delete the current seven to add a new                              large bundles of cables into cable trays
           ished space. But if the entire area of the  definition to Article 100, which would                          and they want the cables combed as they
           building is undergoing demolition for       read: “Abandoned Cable. Installed                               are installed. I told them I would check
           remodeling, then all of the cable should    cable that is not terminated at both                            and let them know.
           be accessible and removed.                  ends at equipment and not identified for                                               Bobby Ashton, Jr.,
             And then there is Article 645—the         future use with a tag.” But so far the                                            RCDD/LAN Specialist
           one that did not bother to uniquely         other “stakeholders,” who carefully                                                   South Windsor, CT
           define “abandoned cable,” which is          crafted the various definitions in their
           only concerned with abandoned cable         respective Articles, are not supportive                         A: Intentions, yes. At the TIA TR-42.1
           that is not contained in metal raceway. of this “one-size-fits-all” approach.                               February 2002 meeting, a presentation
           So, metal raceways full of dead cable         It is going to be an interesting couple                       (TR 42.1-2002-013) was made, which ref-
           under raised floors in data centers are     of years.                                                       erenced a list of contributions, previously
           not a concern?                                                                                              submitted to either the TR-42.7 Tele-




                                                                                         PANDUIT introduces the affordable and powerful COUGAR ™ LS9
                                                                                         Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printer
                                                                                         ■   Economical identification system provides premium quality solutions at the
                                                                                             lowest installed cost
                                                                                         ■   Prints a wide variety of continuous tapes for marking of cables, patch
                                                                                             panels, faceplates and other network applications
                                                                                         ■   Legends can be easily aligned with ports on patch panels and faceplates,
                                                                                             eliminating the need for manual spacing and guesswork
                                                                                         ■   Cut-to-length functionality eliminates label waste and label trimming labor
                                                                                         ■   Partial cut feature available to provide tear-apart strips of labels
                                                                                         ■   P1 ™ Label Cassette contains integrated memory device for automatic
                                                                                             formatting, recall of last legend used, and number of labels remaining in
                                                                                             the cassette
                                                                                         ■   Fast-loading label cassette includes both label material and ribbon to make
                                                                                             changing labels easy
                                                                                         PANDUIT offers a broad range of economical identification products that aid in
                                                                                         TIA/EIA-606-A compliance including labels, labeling software, and printers.


                                                                                                   Visit us at www.panduit.com/p922
                                                                                                 Contact Customer Service by email: cs@panduit.com
                                                                                                  or by phone: 800-777-3300 and reference ad # p922


                        Cable      Network     Partial Cut Strip   P1 ™ Label Cassette
                       Marking   Components       of Labels




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                      A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                              Contents Zoom In                   Zoom Out           Front Cover            Search Issue            Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                      B  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                  A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                           Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out        Front Cover         Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                  B       F




           communications Copper Cabling Sub- and the pathway is not overfilled, then                  have seen use seven cables—six disturb-
           committee or the Cable Working Group, “alien crosstalk” should be one less net- ers and one victim cable. That would
           dating from 1997 through 2002. Each of       work anomaly you have to address.              mean seven sets of field test instruments
           these contributions had addressed some          And what about testing? While your          in use at the same time to test one cable
           negative effect on the transmission per-     network can certainly suffer from the          link. And there are currently no pass/fail
           formance of category UTP cabling             effects, measuring alien crosstalk is not      limits proposed or set.
           caused by bundling or other similar          something you want to attempt in the              My advice: loosen up and avoid the
           cabling installation practices.              field. Most measurement models that I          problem.
              TR-42.1-2002-013 suggested that,
           based on these contributions, a Study
           Group be formed to develop informa-
           tion on the expected variance in trans-
           mission performance of cables that are
           installed in close proximity.
              TR-42.1-2002-013 further proposed
           that once the work was completed and
           validated, it would be drafted as a matrix,
           and published as an informative Annex
           to TIA/EIA-568B.1. The matrix would
           include alien NEXT and FEXT for Cat-
           egory 5e and Category 6 cables that are
           tie-wrapped at specified intervals, cables
           installed in a tray with 50% fi ll, cables
           installed in a conduit with 40% fill, and
           cables suspended on J-hooks.
              Meanwhile, we will have to contin-
           ue to scare our clients suffering from
          “overneatness tendencies” using threats
           of the dreaded “alien crosstalk.” You
           are welcome to use the following. It has
           worked for me in the past.
              Cabling systems and network hard-
           ware are designed to handle predict-
                                                               What’s at the core of your fiber?
           able noise, like NEXT and FEXT, which
           comes from within the same cable. This
           is why when you remove the sheath from
           a twisted-pair cable, each of the pairs is
           twisted at a different rate.
              But when UTP cables of the same con-
           struction are neatly dressed and packed,
                                                                                      Chances are you don’t know. Some fiber manufacturers
           you are inviting trouble. You are creating                                 don’t specify bandwidth in the critical center region of
           a quasi field-manufactured hybrid cable,                                   the fiber. But when you select OFS’ LaserWave® OM3
           because the twists are the same in each of                                 fiber, you get outstanding performance right down to
           the neighboring cables. This creates un-                                   the core. LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the
           predictable noise between neighboring                                      0 – 5 micron range and up to twice the bandwidth for
                                                                                      lasers that launch power in the fiber’s center. Enjoy fast,
           cables; the noise is called alien crosstalk.
                                                                                      reliable transmission and easier connectivity. To learn more,
           And the neater the cables are laid, and the                                ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsoptics.com/fiber.
           closer you pack them together, the more
           likely you are to experience the problem.
              If the UTP cables are randomly laid

            www.cable-install.com                                                                Cabling Installation & Maintenance   ■   July 2007   ■       11




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                  A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                           Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out        Front Cover         Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                  B       F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                     A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                       Contents Zoom In                   Zoom Out               Front Cover   Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                              Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                      F




                            ALL HAIL THE NEW KING OF CARGO.
                            INTRODUCING THE ALL-NEW 2007 DODGE SPRINTER > Dodge Sprinter is the most versatile commercial
                            van on the market* > Combine the 3500 Extended Cargo Van with a 170-inch wheelbase and the available
                            Mega Roof and you get best-in-class* cargo capacity of 600 cu ft, up to 89% more than GM competitors and
                            up to 118% more than Ford > Towing up to 5,000 lb† > Combine 3500’s 144-inch wheelbase with High
                            Roof for best-in-class* payload of up to 5,570 lb, up to 32% more than Ford and up to 34% more than GM’s
                            3500 cargo vans. For more info, visit dodge.com/sprinter, or call 800-4ADODGE.
                            *Based on Automotive News classification. †When properly equipped.




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                     A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                       Contents Zoom In                   Zoom Out               Front Cover   Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                              Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                      F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                 A

Installation 7Maintenance
                            Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out               Front Cover              Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                  F




                                 Chrysler Financial is a business unit of DaimlerChrysler Financial Services.




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                 A

Installation 7Maintenance
                            Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out               Front Cover              Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                          A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                 Contents Zoom In         Zoom Out    Front Cover   Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                   Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                           F




                            Mohawk’s pre-terminated fiber optic Plug’n Play
                            solutions combine ease of installation with the
                            flexibility to work with any corresponding fiber
                            cassette.
                            Whether long runs or short runs, Mohawk’s Plug’n Play
                            fiber solutions complement data center performance with
                            its compact cable size and maximum flexibility.
                            Features and Benefits:
                               • Pre-terminated cables for premium performance.
                               • Small diameter and bend radius for installation in
                                  high density environments.
                               • The MPO terminations allow the cables to plug
                                  into any corresponding fiber cassette.
                               • Compliant to TIA-568-C.3.


                                                                                      MOHAWK
                            For more information or a copy of our Application Note
                            visit www.mohawk-cable or call 800-422-9961.

                                                                                      Cabling Excellence for
                                                                                      Open Architecture




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                          A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                 Contents Zoom In         Zoom Out    Front Cover   Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                   Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                           F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out           Front Cover          Search Issue           Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                              B       F




           www.cable-install.com                                                                                                                  design


        The myths and realities
                        of shielded, screened cabling

          A           global standard since the 1980s,
           screened and shielded twisted-pair cop-
           per cabling varieties are still a mainstay
                                                                 Potential users must separate fact
                                                                 from fiction concerning noise immunity,
                                                                 grounding, and the antenna effect.
           in some markets. While many other mar-
           kets have migrated largely to unshielded twisted-pair                   not yet be realized by early-generation twisted-pair design
           (UTP) cables, the recent ratification of the 10GBase-                   and manufacturing capability. It is not surprising that this
           T standard for 10-Gbit/sec Ethernet over copper has                     robust cabling type still supports some buildings today.
           re-established the commercial viability of screened and                   By 1990, however, LAN industry experts began to recog-
           shielded systems, and has fueled greater adoption of                    nize Ethernet’s performance and reliability advantages over
           these systems in markets that
           previously were UTP-centric.                                                 LAN noise sources
             In this competitive landscape,                      H
           many confusing and often con-                   Ve
                                                                 E
           tradictory messages are finding                                                          l
           their way to the marketplace.
           This article addresses common
           questions, issues, and miscon-
           ceptions regarding screened and                                               h                        Vd

           shielded cabling.

            From Token Ring to Ethernet                                                                 Vg
           When LAN cabling emerged in                       Equipment Interconnect                             Work area outlet     End-user device
           the 1980s to support the first                                                                                                Source: Siemon

           computer networks in commer-
           cial building space, the networks typically deployed IBM                This setup shows the three sources of noise for LAN cabling sys-
           Token Ring transmission, which was standardized as                       tems. Differential noise (Vd) is induced from an adjacent twisted-
           IEEE 802.5 in 1985. Cabling for Token Ring networks                      pair or balanced cable; environmental noise (Ve) is induced by
           was IBM Type 1 cable—consisting of two loosely twist- an external electromagnetic field; and ground loop noise (Vg) is
           ed, foil-shielded, 150-Ω pairs surrounded by an overall                  induced by a difference in potential between conductor ends.
           braid—mated to unique hermaphroditic connectors.
              This cabling was an optimum choice for support of first- Token Ring. Concurrently, twisted-pair design and man-
           generation LAN topologies. Its design took advantage of                  ufacturing capabilities had progressed to the point where
           the twisted-pair transmission protocol’s ability to                      individual foils were no longer required to provide inter-
           maximize distance (Token Ring served distances up to                     nal crosstalk isolation, and overall shields were not neces-
           100 meters) and data rates using cost-effective transceivers. sary to provide immunity against outside noise sources in
           The foils and braid improved crosstalk and electromagnet- the 10Base-T and 100Base-T bands of operation.
           ic compatibility (EMC) performance to levels that could                     Publication of the 10Base-T application in 1990, and
                                                                                    the first edition TIA/EIA-568 cabling standard the fol-
           VALERIE RYBINSKI is global sales engineer with Siemon (www.siemon.com).  lowing year, in conjunction with the lower cost as- ➤

            www.cable-install.com                                                                            Cabling Installation & Maintenance   ■   July 2007   ■       15




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out           Front Cover          Search Issue           Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                              B       F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                       Contents Zoom In     Zoom Out    Front Cover        Search Issue                      B
                                                                                                                               Next Page EMaGS  F




            sociated with UTP cabling, firmly established UTP as the                While this bandwidth provides more than sufficient noise
            medium of choice for new LAN networks.                                immunity for such applications as 100Base-T and 1000Base-T,
                                                                                  Shannon Capacity modeling demonstrates that this level pro-
           Balancing act                                                          vides no headroom to the minimum 10GBase-T noise immu-
           The benefit of specifying balanced twisted-pair cabling for            nity requirements. The use of shielding, however,
           data transmission is clearly demonstrated by examining the             significantly improves noise immunity, doubles the available
           types of signals present in building environments. Electrical          Shannon Capacity, and substantially increases practical oper-
           signals can propagate in either common mode or differential            ating bandwidths for future applications.
           (i.e., “balanced”) mode.
              Common mode describes a signal scheme between two con-              Noise and immunity
           ductors in which the voltage propagates in phase and is ref-           Modal conversion is an effect of degraded twisted-pair signal bal-
           erenced to ground. Examples of common mode transmission                ance above 30 MHz, which occurs when differential mode signals
           include DC circuits, building power, cable TV, heating/venti-          convert to common mode signals, and vice versa. The conversion
           lation/air-conditioning (HVAC) circuits, and security devices.         can adversely impact noise immunity from the environment
           Electromagnetic noise induced from disturbers, such as                 as well as contribute to crosstalk between pairs and balanced
           motors, transformers, fluorescent lights, and radio-frequency          cables, and must be minimized whenever possible. Shielding
           (RF) sources, also propagates in common mode. Virtually                can decrease the potential for modal conversion by limiting
           every signal and disturber type in the building environment            noise coupled onto the twisted-pair from the environment.
           propagates in common mode, with one notable exception—                   All applications require positive signal-to-noise ratio (SNR)
           twisted-pair cabling, which is optimized for balanced, or dif-         margins to transmit within allocated bit error rate (BER)
           ferential mode, transmission.                                          levels. This means that the data signal being transmitted must
              Differential mode transmission refers to two signals that have      be of greater magnitude than all of the combined noise dis-
           equal magnitudes, but are 180° out of phase, and that propa-           turbers coupled onto the transmission line—i.e., the struc-
           gate over two conductors of a twisted pair. In a balanced cir-         tured cabling.
           cuit, two signals are referenced to each other rather than one            Noise can be coupled onto twisted-pair cabling in any or
           signal being referenced to ground. There is no ground con-             all of three ways.
           nection in a balanced circuit and, as a result, these types of           • Differential noise: Noise induced from an adjacent twist-
           circuits are inherently immune to interference from most com-               ed-pair or balanced cable;
           mon mode noise disturbers.                                               • Environmental noise: Noise induced by an external elec-
              In theory, common mode noise couples equally onto each                   tromagnetic field;
           conductor of a perfectly balanced twisted-pair. Differen-                • Ground loop noise: Noise induced by a difference in poten-
           tial mode transceivers detect the difference in peak-to-peak                tial between conductor ends.
           magnitude between the two signals on a twisted pair by per-               Different applications have varying sensitivity to interfer-
           forming a subtraction operation. In a perfectly balanced               ence from these three noise sources, depending upon their
           cabling system, the induced common mode signal would                   capabilities. For example, the 10GBase-T application is com-
           appear as two equal voltages that are simply subtracted out by         monly recognized to be extremely sensitive to alien crosstalk
           the transceiver, thereby resulting in perfect noise immunity.          (differential mode cable-to-cable coupling) because its digi-
              In the real world, however, twisted-pair cables are not per-        tal signal processing (DSP) capability electronically cancels
           fectly balanced, and their limitations must be understood by           internal pair-to-pair crosstalk within each channel. Unlike
           application developers and system specifiers.                          pair-to-pair crosstalk, alien crosstalk cannot be cancelled by
              TIA and ISO/IEC committees take extreme care in speci-              DSP. Conversely, because the magnitude of alien crosstalk is
           fying balance parameters, such as transverse conversion loss           very small compared to pair-to-pair crosstalk, the presence of
           (TCL), transverse converse transfer loss (TCTL), and equal-            alien crosstalk minimally impacts the performance of other
           level transverse converse transfer loss (ELTCTL) in their              applications, such as 100Base-T and 1000Base-T, that employ
           standards for higher-grade (Category 6 and above) struc-               partial or no crosstalk-cancelling algorithms.
           tured cabling. By examining the performance limits for these              EMC describes both a system’s susceptibility to interfer-
           parameters and noting when they start to approach the noise            ence from, and potential to disturb, outside sources. It is an
           isolation tolerance required by various Ethernet applica-              important indicator of a system’s ability to co-exist with other
           tions, it becomes clear that the practical operating bandwidth         electronic/electrical devices. Noise immunity and emissions per-
           (defined by acceptable levels of common mode noise immu-               formance is reciprocal, meaning that the cabling system’s abil-
           nity due to balance) is approximately 30 MHz.                          ity to maintain immunity to interference is proportional ➤

             16    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                    www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                       Contents Zoom In     Zoom Out    Front Cover        Search Issue                      B
                                                                                                                               Next Page EMaGS  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out          Front Cover       Search Issue            B
                                                                                                                                Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                        F




                            copper-to-fiber media converters
                            that extend your network exactly
                            where and when you need it.

                            Transition Networks sharpens your ability to do smart business with
                            modular conversion solutions that give you the control to expand your
                            network by user, distance, or protocol. Put us between your copper and
                            fiber for a secure and smooth response to your networking issues.
                            Our media converters economically accommodate multiple protocols,
                            platforms and interfaces. Contact Transition Networks and take dead
                            aim at doing business even better.




                              Transition Networks take performance above and beyond
                              expectations with every product we make.We are the simple,
                              seamless and practical solution to copper-fibre conversion;
                              accommodating multiple protocols, platforms and interfaces.
                              Expand, extend and expect far more from Transition Networks.
                              Contact us today and plan to go farther.                          www.transition.com      800-526-9267

                                                transition                 networks                 for         me.




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out          Front Cover       Search Issue            B
                                                                                                                                Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                        F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                            A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                       Contents Zoom In     Zoom Out    Front Cover        Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                              Next Page EMaGS  F




           to the system’s potential to radiate. Interestingly, while             the outermost conductive element of the cabling—the conduc-
           unnecessary emphasis is placed on immunity considerations,             tors themselves in a UTP environment, and the overall screen/
           it is understood that structured cabling systems do not radi-          shield in a screened/fully shielded environment.
           ate or interfere with other equipment or systems in the tele-            Again, through the means of calculations, what becomes
           communications environment.                                            readily apparent is that the common mode impedance is not
              Here’s a more detailed look at the various noise disturbers:        very well controlled in UTP environments. This impedance
              Differential noise disturbers. Alien crosstalk and internal         depends on factors such as distance from metallic raceways,
           pair-to-pair crosstalk are examples, and must be minimized             metallic structures surrounding the pairs, use of non-metallic
           through proper cabling-system design. Susceptibility to inter-         raceways, and termination location. Conversely, this common
           ference from differential mode sources is dependent upon sys-          mode impedance is well defined and controlled in screened/
           tem balance and can be improved by isolating or separating             shielded cabling environments.
           conductors that are interfering with each other. Cabling with            Importantly, the overall susceptibility of twisted-pair
           improved balance—Category 6 and above—exhibits better                  cables to electric field disturbance depends on both the bal-
           internal crosstalk and alien crosstalk performance. Because no         ance performance of the cabling and the presence of a screen
           cable is perfectly balanced, strategies such as using dielectric       or shield. Well-balanced cables (Category 6 and above) should
           material to separate conductors or using metal foil to isolate         be immune to electromagnetic interference up to 30 MHz. The
           conductors are employed to further improve crosstalk perfor-           presence of a shield or screen is necessary to avoid electromag-
           mance. For example, Category 6A F/UTP cabling is proven to             netic interference at higher frequencies, which is an especially
           have substantially superior alien crosstalk performance than           critical consideration for next-generation applications.
           Category 6A UTP cabling because its overall foil construction            For example, it is reasonable to model that an emerging
           reduces alien crosstalk to virtually zero. Category 7 S/FTP is         application using DSP techniques will require a minimum
           proven to have substantially superior pair-to-pair and alien           SNR of 20 dB at 100 MHz. Because the minimum isolation
           crosstalk performance than any Category 6A cabling design              yielded by balance alone is also 20 dB at 100 MHz, the addition
           because its individual foiled twisted-pair construction reduc-         of a screen or shield is necessary to ensure this application has
           es pair-to-pair and alien crosstalk coupling to virtually zero.        sufficient noise immunity headroom for operation.
           These superior crosstalk levels could not be achieved solely             Ground loops. These develop when there is more than one
           through compliant balance performance.                                 ground connection, and the difference in common mode volt-
              Environmental noise disturbers. Environmental noise                 age potential at these ground connections induces noise on the
           is electromagnetic noise made up of magnetic fields gener-             cabling. It is a misconception that common mode noise from
           ated by inductive coupling, and electric fields generated by           ground loops can only appear on screens and shields; this noise
           capacitive coupling. Magnetic field coupling occurs at low             regularly appears on the twisted pairs as well. A key point about
           frequencies, such as 50 or 60 Hz, where the balance of the             the voltage generated by ground loops is that its waveform is
           cabling system is more than sufficient to ensure immunity. Its         directly related to the profi le of the building’s alternating
           impact can be ignored for all types of balanced cabling. Elec-         current (AC) power. In the United States, the primary noise
           tric fields, however, can produce common mode voltages on              frequency is 60 Hz and its related harmonic, which is often
           balanced cables depending on their frequency. The magni-               referred to as AC “hum.” In other regions of the world, the pri-
           tude of the voltage induced can be modeled, assuming that the          mary noise frequency is 50 Hz and its related harmonic.
           cabling system is susceptible to interference in the same                Because each twisted pair is connected to a balun transformer
           manner as a loop antenna.                                              and common mode noise rejection circuitry at both ends of
              Mathematical formulas demonstrate that a 60-Hz signal               the circuit—the network interface card (NIC) and the network
           results in an electric field disturbance that can only be mea-         equipment—differences in the turn ratios and common mode
           sured in the thousands-of-mV (millivolt) range, while sources          ground impedances can result in common mode noise. The
           operating in the MHz range can generate a fairly large electric        magnitude of the induced noise on the twisted pairs can be
           field disturbance. For reference, 3 Volts/meter (V/m) is consid-       reduced, but not eliminated, through the use of common mode
           ered to be a reasonable approximation of the average electric          terminations, chokes, and filters within the equipment.
           field present in a light industrial/commercial environment, and          Ground loops induced on the screen/shield typically
           10 V/m is considered to be a reasonable approximation of the           occur because of a difference in potential between the ground
           average electric field present in an industrial environment.           connection at the telecommunications grounding busbar
              The loop area is the one variable that impacts the magnitude        (TGB) and the building ground connection provided through
           of the voltage coupled by the electric field. Common mode cur-         the network equipment chassis at the work-area end of the
           rents generated by an electric field induce unwanted signals on        cabling. Note that it is not mandatory for equipment ➤

             18    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                    www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                            A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                       Contents Zoom In     Zoom Out    Front Cover        Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                              Next Page EMaGS  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                   Contents Zoom In         Zoom Out      Front Cover      Search Issue                B
                                                                                                            Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                         F




                                                                                                1990s
                            1970s                                                            Shielded
                            “Vampire”                                                        Modular
                            Tap                                                                  Jack



                                                  1980s
                                              4 Position
                                                   Data
                                              Connector




      Follow The Leader In Shielded Technology

                                            The new AMP-TWIST Jack is our latest
                                            shielded product evolution. It can be
                                            terminated in about 90 seconds,
                                            quicker and more reliably
                                            than any similar product
                                            on the market.




  Tyco Electronics has always been           forward, have been the leading               Proceed With Confidence
  on the cutting edge of shielded            advocate for shielded technology             If you are considering upgrading to
  technology. We have been designing         across the globe.                            a 10 G solution, then come to the
  and manufacturing quality shielded                                                      brand that knows shielded best! Visit
  communications products for more           Tyco Electronics has always believed         www.ampnetconnect.com to see why
  than three decades. In fact, we            what the industry is just now                a high performance 10 G Shielded
  introduced our first fully shielded        realizing, that a Shielded System is         Cabling System from Tyco Electronics
  twisted pair cabling products in the       by far the best choice for today’s           is the best choice for your structured
  early ‘80s – and from that point           10 G performance requirements.               cabling needs.




  Tyco Electronics, TE Logo, AMP AMP NETCONNECT, NETCONNECT, and AMP-TWIST are trademarks.
                                ,
  Other products, logos, and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective owners.




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                   Contents Zoom In         Zoom Out      Front Cover      Search Issue                B
                                                                                                            Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                         F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                  A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out          Front Cover       Search Issue       Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                  B    F




            manufacturers to provide a low-impedance build-
            ing ground path from the shielded 8-pin modu-                                               Ground loops
                                                                             Chassis/Cabinet/Rack                                Work area equipment
            lar (RJ-45) jack through the equipment chassis.
                                                                                                            Shielding
            Sometimes, the chassis is isolated from the build-              Signal
            ing ground with a protective RC circuit and, in                 source     Vs
            other cases, the shielded RJ-45 jack is completely
            isolated from the chassis ground.                                                          Group loop current

                                                                                     Telcom                                          Work area
            Excessive ground loop thresholds                                          room                     Vg
           TIA and ISO standards identify the threshold when                          Ground potential difference -ground loop source
           an excessive ground loop develops as when the dif-
                                                                                                                                           Source: Siemon
           ference in potential between the voltage measured at
           the shield at the work-area end of the cabling, and A difference in ground potential between the work area and the telecommunications
           the voltage measured at the ground wire of the elec- room is the source of a ground loop. Typically, the difference in potential is between
           trical outlet used to supply power to the workstation, the ground connection at the telecommunications grounding busbar and the building
           exceeds 1.0 Vrms (Volts, root mean square). This dif- ground connection provided through the network equipment chassis at the work area.
           ference in potential should be measured and correct-
           ed in the field to ensure proper network equipment operation,       the cabling plant itself is sufficient to ensure immunity regard-
           but values in excess of 1.0 Vrms are very rarely found in coun-     less of the actual voltage magnitude.
           tries that have carefully designed and specified building and          It is commonly believed that ground loops only appear on
           grounding systems. Furthermore, because the common mode             screened and shielded cabling systems, but that’s a myth. The
           voltage induced by ground loops is low frequency (50 or 60 Hz       fear is that ground loops resulting from a difference in voltage
           and their respective harmonics), the balance performance of         potential between a screened/shielded cabling system’s ground
                                                                               connections cause excessive common mode currents that can
                                                                               adversely affect data transmission. In fact, screens and shields,
                                                                               and the balanced twisted pairs in a UTP cable, are affected by
                                                                               differences in voltage potential at the end of the channel.
                                                                                 The difference in the transformer common mode termina-
                                                                               tion impedance at the NIC and the network equipment natu-
                                                                               rally results in common mode noise current being induced on
                                                                               each twisted pair. Grounding of the screened/shielded system in
                                                                               multiple locations can result in common mode noise current be-
                                                                               ing induced on the screen/shield; however, these common mode
                                                                               noise currents do not affect data transmission because, regardless
                                                                               of their voltage magnitude, their waveform is always associated
                                                                               with the 50- or 60-Hz profile of the building AC power.
                                                                                 Thanks to the balance of the cabling at low frequencies,
                                                                               common mode currents induced onto the twisted pair, either
                                                                               directly from equipment-impedance differentials or coupled
                                                                               from a screen/shield, are simply subtracted out by the trans-
                                                                               ceiver as part of the differential transmission algorithm.

                                                                                       Grounding and cabling systems
                                                                                       The ANSI-J-STD-607-A-2002 standard defines the building
                                                                                       telecommunications grounding and bonding infrastructure
                                                                                       that originates at the service equipment (power) ground and
                                                                                       extends throughout the building. It is important to recognize
                                                                                       that the infrastructure applies to both UTP and screened/
                                                                                       shielded cabling systems.
                  _____________________________________
                                                                                          The standard includes many mandates, including:
                                                                                       1. The telecommunications main grounding busbar (TMGB) is

             20    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                        www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                  A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out          Front Cover       Search Issue       Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                  B    F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                           A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                            Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out                       Front Cover   Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                                    Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                            F




                                                                                   _________________
              bonded to the main building service ground. Actual meth-
              ods, materials, and appropriate specifications for each of
              the components in the telecommunications grounding and
              bonding system vary according to system and network size,
              capacity, and local codes.
           2. If used, TGBs are bonded to the TMGB via the telecommu-
              nications bonding backbone.
           3. All racks and metallic pathways are connected to the TMGB
              or TGB.
           4. The cabling plant and telecommunications equipment are
              grounded to equipment racks or adjacent metallic
              pathways.
              TIA and ISO standards provide one additional step for the
           grounding of screened and shielded cabling systems. Specifi-
           cally, clause 4.6 of ANSI/TIA-568-B.1 and clause 11.3 of ISO/
           IEC 11801:2002 state that the cable shield shall be bonded to
           the TGB in the telecommunications room, and that ground-
           ing at the work area may be accomplished through the equip-
           ment power connection.
              This procedure is intended to support the optimum configu-
           ration of one ground connection to minimize the appearance
           of ground loops, but recognizes that multiple ground connec-
           tions may be present along the cabling.
              When the grounding and bonding recommendations spec-
           ified in ANSI-J-STD-607-A-2002 were developed, consid-
           eration was given to the possibility that grounding at the
           work area through the equipment cord may occur; therefore,
           there is no need to specifically avoid grounding the screened/
           shielded system at the user’s PC or device. The difference be-
           tween a ground connection and a screen/shield connection
           is notable and important. A ground connection bonds the
           screened/shielded cabling system to the TGB or TMGB, while
           a screen/shield connection maintains electrical continuation of
           the cable screen/shield through the screened/shielded telecom-
           munications connectors along the full length of cabling.
              Part of the function of the screen or shield is to provide a low-
           impedance ground path for noise currents that are induced on
           the shielded material. Compliance to the TIA and ISO spec-
           ifications for the parameters of cable and connection hard-
           ware transfer impedance and coupling attenuation ensures the
           maintenance of a low-impedance path through all screened/
           shielded connection points in the cabling system.
              For optimum alien crosstalk and noise immunity perfor-
           mance, shield continuity should be maintained throughout
           the end-to-end cabling system. UTP patch cords in screened/
           shielded cabling systems should be avoided.
              Building end users should perform a validation to
           ensure that screened and shielded cabling systems are prop-
           erly grounded to the TGB or TMGB. Here’s a recommended
           inspection plan:
            • Visually inspect to verify that all equipment racks/cab- ➤

            www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                           A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                            Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out                       Front Cover   Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                                    Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                            F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                               A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out           Front Cover    Search Issue                 Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                               B   F




              inets/metallic pathways are bonded to the TGB or TGMB                 Typical foil thicknesses are 1.5 mils (0.038 mm) to 2.0 mils
              using a 6-AWG conductor.                                            (0.051 mm) to match the maximum penetration depth of a
            • Visually inspect to verify that all screened/shielded patch         30-MHz signal. This design approach ensures that higher fre-
              panels are bonded to the TGB or TMGB using a 6-AWG                  quency signals will not interfere with the twisted pairs as a
              conductor.                                                          result of their good balance performance. Braids and drain
            • Perform a DC resistance test to ensure that each panel and          wires add strength to cable assemblies and further decrease
              rack/cabinet grounding connection exhibits a DC resistance
              measurement of <1 Ω between the bonding point of the                                     Antenna susceptibility:
              panel/rack and the TGB or TMGB. (Note: Some local/                                      UTP vs. grounded F/UTP
              regional standards specify a maximum DC resistance of                    0
              <5 Ω at this location).                                              -20
            • Document the visual inspection, DC test results, and all
                                                                                   -40
              other applicable copper/fiber test results.
              TIA and ISO standards identify the threshold when an                 -60                       40 db gain

           excessive ground loop develops as when the difference in                -80
           potential between the voltage measured at the shield at the
                                                                                  -100
           work-area end of the cabling, and the voltage measured at the
           ground wire of the electrical outlet used to supply power to the       -120
                                                                                           1                          10                                        100
           workstation, exceeds 1.0 Vrms. While this difference in poten-                                    Frequency (MHz)
           tial should be measured and corrected in the field to ensure                                                   * Data provided courtesy of NEXANS/Berk-Tek
           proper network equipment operation, values in excess of
                                                                                  This data, provided by Nexans/Berk-Tek (www.berktek.com), shows the
                                                                                                                          __________
           1.0 Vrms are very rarely found in countries that have care-
                                                                                  difference in coupling between two UTP cables (black) is at least 40
           fully designed and specified building and grounding systems.
                                                                                  dB worse than the interaction between two properly grounded F/UTP
           Furthermore, because the common mode voltage induced by
                                                                                  cables (blue).
           ground loops is low frequency, the balance performance of
           the cabling plant is sufficient to ensure immunity regardless of       the end-to-end electrical resistance of the shield when the
           the actual voltage magnitude.                                          cabling system is properly connected to ground.
                                                                                    A common myth says that screens and shields can behave
           Shield design and the antenna myth                                     as antennas because they are long lengths of metal. The fear is
           Shielding offers the benefits of significantly improved pair-          that screens can “attract” signals that are in the environment,
           to-pair crosstalk performance, alien crosstalk performance,            or radiate signals that appear on the twisted pairs. Th e fact is
           and noise immunity that cannot be matched by any other                 that both screens and shields, and the copper balanced twisted
           cabling design strategy. Category 6A and lower-rated F/UTP             pairs in a UTP cable, will behave as an antenna to some
           cables are constructed with an overall foil surrounding the four       degree. The difference is the noise that couples onto the screen
           twisted pairs. Category 7 and higher-rated S/FTP cables are con-       or shield is actually 100 to 1,000 times smaller in magnitude
           structed with an overall braid surrounding four individually foil-     than the noise that is coupled onto an unshielded twisted pair
           shielded pairs. Optional drain wires are sometimes provided.           in the same environment. This difference is due to the internal
              Shielding materials are selected for their ability to maxi-         pairs’ well-defined and controlled common mode impedance
           mize immunity to electric field disturbance, capability to             to the ground plane that is provided by the screen/shield.
           reflect the incoming wave, absorption properties, and ability             Here is an analysis of the two types of signal disturbers that
           to provide a low-impedance signal path. As a rule, more con-           can affect the noise immunity performance of balanced twist-
           ductive shielding materials yield greater amounts of incom-            ed-pair cabling:
           ing signal reflection.                                                   At frequencies below 30 MHz, noise currents from the envi-
              Solid aluminum foil is the preferred shielding media for tele-      ronment can penetrate the screen/shield and affect the twisted
           communications cabling because it provides 100% coverage               pairs; however, the magnitude of these signals is substantially
           against high frequency (greater than 100 MHz) leakage, as              smaller (and mostly attenuated due to the absorption loss of
           well as low electrical resistance when properly connected to           the aluminum foil), meaning that unshielded twisted pairs in
           ground. The thickness of the foil shield is influenced by the          the same environment are actually subjected to a much higher
           skin effect of the interfering noise currents. Skin effect is the      electric field strength. The good news is that the balance per-
           phenomenon in which the noise current’s depth of penetra-              formance of the cable itself is sufficient up to 30 MHz to en-
           tion decreases as frequency increases.                                 sure minimum susceptibility to disturbance from these noise

             22    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                               www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                               A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out           Front Cover    Search Issue                 Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                               B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                               A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                            Contents Zoom In             Zoom Out            Front Cover     Search Issue                Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                               B   F




           sources, regardless of the presence of an overall screen/shield.                          Antenna susceptibility:
             At frequencies above 30 MHz, noise currents from the envi-                            UTP vs. ungrounded F/UTP
           ronment cannot penetrate the screen/shield due to skin effects,           0
           and the internal twisted pairs are fully immune to interfer-
                                                                                   -20
           ence. Unfortunately, balance performance is no longer suffi-
           cient to ensure adequate noise immunity for UTP cabling at              -40
                                                                                                            20 db gain
           these higher frequencies. This can have an adverse impact on            -60
           the cabling system’s ability to maintain the SNR levels required
                                                                                   -80
           by applications employing DSP technology.
             The potential for a cable to behave as an antenna can be             -100
           experimentally verified by arranging two balanced cables in            -120
           series, injecting a signal into one cable to emulate a trans-                 1                          10                                         100
                                                                                                              Frequency (MHz)
           mit antenna across a swept frequency range, and measuring
                                                                                                                         * Data provided courtesy of NEXANS/Berk-Tek
           the interference on an adjacent cable to emulate a receiving
           antenna. As a rule of thumb, the higher the frequency of the           Even when two F/UTP systems are left ungrounded, they still provide
           noise source, the greater the potential for interference. The cou-     a minimum of 20 dB better performance (blue) than two UTP cables
           pling between two UTP cables is a minimum of 40 dB worse               (black). [Data provided by Nexans/Berk-Tek.]
           than the interaction between two properly grounded F/UTP
           cables. It should be noted that 40 dB of margin corresponds to             and especially above 30 MHz when cable balance starts to
           100 times less voltage coupling, thus confirming the modeled               significantly degrade;
           predictions. The UTP cable radiates and receives—behaves like            • Significantly increased Shannon Capacity for future
           an antenna—substantially more than the F/UTP cable.                        applications.
             A second antenna myth is that common mode signals
           appearing on a screen or shield can only be dissipated through         Fusion of the best
           a low-impedance ground path. The fear is that an unground-             Achievable SNR margin is dependent upon the combined prop-
           ed screen will radiate signals that are “bouncing back and forth”      erties of cabling balance and the common mode and differential
           and “building up” over the screen/shield. In fact, left unground-      mode noise immunity provided by screens and shields. Applica-
           ed, a screen/shield will substantially attenuate higher-frequen-       tions rely on positive SNR margin to ensure proper signal trans-
           cy signals because of the low-pass fi lter formed by its resistance,   mission and minimum BER. With the emergence of 10GBase-T,
           distributed shunt capacitance, and series inductance.                  it has become clear that the noise isolation provided by good
             The effects of leaving both ends of a foil twisted-pair              balance alone is just barely sufficient to support transmission
           cable ungrounded can also be verified by using the above-              objectives. Furthermore, the alien crosstalk and noise immunity
           mentioned experimental method. The coupling between two                benefits provided by F/UTP and S/FTP cabling designs
           UTP cables is still a minimum of 20 dB worse than the interac-         have been demonstrated to offer almost double the Shannon
           tion between two ungrounded F/UTP cables. (Note that 20 dB             Capacity, a performance advantage that has caught the atten-
           of margin corresponds to 10 times less voltage coupling.) Even         tion of application developers and system specifiers alike.
           under worst-case, ungrounded conditions, the UTP cable                    It is often said that the telecommunications industry has
           behaves more like an antenna than the F/UTP cable.                     come full circle in the specification of its preferred media type.
              Modeled and experimental results clearly dispel these an-           In actuality, today’s screened and fully shielded cabling sys-
           tenna myth. Screens and shields offer substantially improved           tems represent a fusion of best features of the last two gener-
           noise immunity compared to unshielded constructions above              ations of LAN cabling: excellent balance to protect against
           30 MHz, even when improperly grounded.                                 low-frequency interference, and shielding to protect against
             The performance benefits of using screened and fully                 high-frequency interference.
           shielded systems include:
             • Reduced pair-to-pair crosstalk in fully shielded designs;          (Editor’s note: This article is derived from Valerie Rybinski’s
             • Reduced alien crosstalk in screened and fully shielded             white paper, “Screened and Shielded Cabling: Noise Immuni-
               designs;                                                           ty, Grounding, and the Antenna Myth.” The paper contains in-
             • Screened Category 6A cable diameters that are smaller              formation used in this article, as well as a full explanation of
               than many 6A UTP cables, allowing greater pathway fi ll/           the simplified loop antenna model, a complete bibliography of
               utilization;                                                       Rybinski’s sources, and a glossary of terms and acronyms. The
             • Substantially improved noise immunity at all frequencies,          white paper is available at www.siemon.com.)

            www.cable-install.com                                                                  Cabling Installation & Maintenance          ■   July 2007   ■       23




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                               A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                            Contents Zoom In             Zoom Out            Front Cover     Search Issue                Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                               B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                     Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                 F




                            Small Space.
                            Big Results.
                            The Mighty Mo® Telecom Enclosure
                            Connect the backbone cable, switches, and up to
                            48 ports of high performance connectivity. Increase
                            performance, add flexibility, and free up space in
                            your Telecom Room – all at a lower cost. Call us at
                            888-879-0724, or visit www.ortronics.com today to
                            learn how the Mighty Mo telecom enclosure will change
                            the way you bring high performance to the desktop.

                            Endless Possibilities.




                            E X P E R T I S E . T E C H N O L O G Y. S O L U T I O N S .




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                     Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                 F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                      A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out        Front Cover          Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                          B   F




           www.cable-install.com                                                                                               installation


           Abandoned cable removal
                            a dogged challenge for all
          F       or just about a half-
           decade, the National Electri-
           cal Code has included lan-
                                                   Unfortunately, for everyone involved,
                                                   ignoring the issue won’t make it go away.
           guage requiring the removal
           of cable from building pathways when that cable is                nization has adopted a position on the existence, and
           not in current use or tagged for future use. The NEC              removal, of abandoned cable.
           defines this type of cable as “abandoned,” and man-                 To quote BOMA’s position paper directly, “Building
           dates its removal, though not its method of removal.              owners, managers, tenants, and service providers need
              Over the past five years, this and other cabling-trade         to work cooperatively to ensure that all parties under-
           publications have chronicled the development and modi-
           fication of abandoned-cable removal requirements. More
           recently, trade publications focused on the profession of
           real-estate management have turned their attention to
           the topic as well, and with good reason. The glut of aban-
           doned cables inside commercial office buildings today
           exists, at least in part, because of the transient nature of
           occupancy in such buildings.
              Traditionally, when a tenant moves out of a building,
           it would leave the cabling in place—sometimes, several
           generations of it (e.g., Category 3, 5, 5e for some long-term
           tenants). And most often, a new tenant would install a
           new structured cabling system rather than rely on the
           cabling left by the previous occupant. That practice was
           great for the business of those organizations that man-           After weaving through a series of National Electrical Code
           ufacture, design, or install structured cabling systems.          articles defining, and requiring removal of, abandoned cables,
           It was not so great, however, for the building pathways’          technicians must weave through masses like these to ensure
           fuel loads—which led to the removal requirements.                 compliance with the locally adopted building code.

           Teamwork needed                                                   stand their responsibilities to comply with the National
           As the past few years have shown, the entire situation has        Electrical Code provisions on removing or tagging
           not been glorious for the owners of commercial build-             unused cabling in buildings.”
           ings either. They essentially were left on the hook for             After providing some background information on
           the cost of removing years’, and in some cases decades’,          the NEC provisions addressing abandoned cable—and
           worth of abandoned cable. The Building Owners and                 noting that while the NEC itself is not law, many juris-
           Managers Association International (BOMA Interna-                 dictions in the United States adopt the document by ref-
           tional; www.boma.org) is a trade association that pro-            erence into local codes—BOMA requests specific action
           vides education and advocacy for property owners and              from its members.
           managers, covering all types of buildings. The orga-                Again, directly from the position paper: “BOMA
           PATRICK McLAUGHLIN is chief editor of Cabling Installation &      International recommends that building owners and
           Maintenance.
           Maintenance.                                                      managers survey their buildings to identify unused ➤

            www.cable-install.com                                                                    Cabling Installation & Maintenance   ■   July 2007   ■       25




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                      A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out        Front Cover          Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                          B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                          Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out       Front Cover       Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                         Next Page EMaGS F




           cable. If such wires exist, members should identify the wiring     the local authority having jurisdiction.Though this author did
           by its rating (riser rated “CMR,” plenum rated “CMP”) and its      not get an on-the-record comment concerning enforcement
           use (communications, alarm, security, etc.). The NEC 2002 and      of abandoned-cable removal, some commented anonymously
           2005 include language that allows some cabling to be retained      that enforcement varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.
           if it is tagged for future use as long as it meets the permitted
           use criteria specified for cable installations (i.e., minimum of   Words getting in the way?
          “CMR” and/or “CMP”). Any cable that does not meet the per-          One potential reason for such unpredictable enforcement could
           mitted use specifications should be removed.                       be the sometimes-confounding wording within the NEC in
                                                                              which abandoned cable is referenced. The 2002 NEC includes
           Leasing language                                                   seven separate sections that mandate the cable’s removal, and
           The BOMA paper continues: “Your leases should clearly state        an accompanying seven individual sections that define the
           that tenants must remove any cabling that is abandoned dur-        term “abandoned cable.”
           ing the term of their tenancy, and/or your license agreements        The seven sections of NEC 2002 that contain the definitions
           should require service providers to remove all wires upon the      are: 640.2, 725.2, 760.2, 770.2, 800.2, 820.2, and 830.2. The
           termination of the contract. We recommend that you review          seven sections with the removal language are: 640.3, 725.3,
           your leases and license agreements to ascertain exactly who        760.3, 770.3, 800.52, 820.3, and 830. The requirements for
           was responsible for the installation and/or abandoning of the      removal are worded essentially the same, as follows: “The ac-
           cabling and whether you have recourse to recover any of the        cessible portion of abandoned [application for which cables are
           funds needed to remove the wire. Next, make any amend-             used, or cable type] cables shall not be permitted to remain.”
           ments necessary if you are not already protected by these            Simply, the code-based requirements to remove abandoned
           agreements.”                                                       cables are not going away. How quickly those abandoned
             As BOMA pointed out to its membership, abandoned cable           cables themselves are going away appears to depend on the
           is a code issue within those jurisdictions that have adopted       tenacity of building owners/managers, along with the enforce-
           the 2002 or 2005 NEC. As such, it is subject to enforcement by     ment procedures of the local AHJ.




                                                                              ____________




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                          Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out       Front Cover       Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                         Next Page EMaGS F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                           Contents Zoom In                                           Zoom Out                                Front Cover                                  Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Next Page EMaGSF




          LABELING
          DOESN’T GET ANY

          EASIER.
           NEW RHINO 6000.
           Exclusive features.
           Extreme control.
                                                                                                                                                                                Create labels on a PC and download to RHINO
                                                                                                                                                                                6000. Or create and print your labels at the
                                                                                                                                                                                worksite. Either way, rugged and affordable
                                                                                                                                                                                RHINO 6000 simplifies labeling with advanced
                                                                                                                                                                                functions that are genuine time-savers. And
                                                                                                                                                                                RHINO labels stay stuck, long after you’re gone.
                                                                                                                                                                                • PC-connectivity for fast label downloads
                                                                                                                                                                                      – and uploads for documentation purposes
                                                                                                                                                                                • Over 250 easy-to-find, pre-programmed
                                                                                                                                                                                      industry terms and symbols save you time
                                                                                                                                                                                • ”Hot Keys” for instant wire and cable
                                                                                                                                                                                      wraps, flags, vertical and fixed length
                                                                                                                                                                                      labels, patch panels, distribution modules
                                                                                                                                                                                      and more
                                                                                                                                                                                • Intuitive graphical interface lets you
             PC CONNECTIVITY                                                                                                                                                          create, edit and preview multiple labels
                                                                                                                                                                                      on our largest backlit LCD
                                                                                                                                                                                • Save and recall over 1,000 custom labels
                                                                                                                                                                                      including industry terms, graphics, logos
                 WIN                                                                                                                                                                  and symbols
                                                                                                                                                                                • Integrated impact bumpers
                                                                                                                                                                                • Prints on RHINO labels up to 1” wide



                                                                                                                                                                                                           www.rhinolabeling.com
                                                                                                                                                                                                           __________________




                            FOR YOUR
           ENTER YamahaTO WIN
           One of Five
                             CHANCE
                        Rhino 4x4s!
                                                                        © 2007 DYMO - A Newell Rubbermaid Company 29124

                                            No purchase necessary to enter or win. A purchase will not increase your chance of winning. Open to legal residents of the 50 United States and D.C., age 21
                                            or older. Void where prohibited. Enter online at www.rhinopromo.com between 12:00:00 am EST 3/8/07 and 11:59:59 pm EST 11/30/07 (“Promotion Period”),
           Details at www.rhinopromo.com    or at participating industry tradeshows and retailer events during the Promotion Period. Subject to official rules available at www.rhinopromo.com.




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                                                                            A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                           Contents Zoom In                                           Zoom Out                                Front Cover                                  Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                                                                                                                  Next Page EMaGSF
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue              B
                                                                                                                   Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                F




                                                     Starting with an advantage.




                                            From day one, the new Tyco Electronics brings many advantages to our customers,
                                          investors, employees and communities. As a $12.8 billion company, with a 60-year head
                                         start, we’ve been at the forefront of the explosive growth in electronics worldwide. With
                                        nearly 100,000 employees in more than 45 countries, and a peerless reputation in
                                       engineering, our approximately 500,000 products include electronic components, network
                                      solutions and wireless systems. Tyco Electronics is committed to the technologies that
                                     bring advantages to everyone’s life every day.




                              tycoelectronics.com
                            TE Logo and Tyco Electronics are trademarks.




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue              B
                                                                                                                   Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                    A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                   Contents Zoom In                  Zoom Out        Front Cover         Search Issue          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                    B   F




           www.cable-install.com                                                                                                      technology


                                Twisted-pair options
                                   for 10-Gigabit Ethernet
          M             any companies are
           planning to install networks with
           the ability to transmit 10-Gbit/sec
                                                             Conducting appropriate tests will help
                                                             ensure your medium of choice is ready for
           Ethernet to meet the ever-increas-
           ing demand for bandwidth and im-                  high-frequency, high-speed transmission.
           proved response times. The need
           for higher bandwidth first manifests itself in the back-
           bone cabling or in data centers. Shielded cabling systems
           are entering center stage in the promotional battles for
           market share. The question whether to select, specify,
           and install unshielded versus shielded has consequently
           become the topic of the day.
             The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
           (IEEE; www.ieee.org) completed and approved a new
           chapter in the Ethernet standard (802.3) to enable
           10-Gbit/sec Ethernet transmission over twisted-pair cop-
           per cabling. This implementation, called 10GBase-T, is
           specified in a standard that supports both unshielded
           twisted-pair (UTP) and screened or fully shielded twist-
           ed-pair (STP) cabling systems.
             This article explains the transmission-performance
           requirements for the twisted-pair cabling system
           defined in the 10GBase-T standard. It will also discuss
           the following questions:                                                    Whether using Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) or newer Shielded
             • Is the familiar UTP cabling no longer a viable choice?                  Twisted Pair (STP) cabling, successful transmission depends on
             • Has shielded cabling become the new solution for                        high-quality workmanship, such as maintaining the twist rates
               high-speed applications like 10GBase-T?                                 all the way into the jack.

           Twisted-pair transmission requirements                                     ry 6 cabling standard defines the transmission perfor-
           To achieve the 10-Gbit/sec data rate, each wire pair                       mance of the cabling over the frequency range from
           in the twisted-pair cabling must be able to transmit                       1 through 250 MHz.
           800 million symbols per second (data rate of 800 Mega                         The cabling standards characterize the performance
           Baud). A “symbol” is a voltage level; a new symbol must                    of twisted-pair data cabling using a signal-to-noise
           be transmitted every 1.25 nanoseconds (or 1.25 billionth                   ratio (SNR) analysis. This method defines:
           of a second). To support this very high rate of signal                       • The minimum required signal strength (or the max-
           transmission, the cabling performance parameters are                           imum signal loss allowed) over the frequency range
           specified up to 500 MHz. In comparison, the Catego-                            of interest—in this case, over the range 1 through
                                                                                          500 MHz;
            HUGO DRAYE is marketing manager for Fluke Networks’ certification
            tools (www.flukenetworks.com). He holds a Master’s degree in electrical
                   ____________
                                                                                        • A number of noise parameters or disturbances that
            engineering from the University of Louvain, Belgium, and an MBA from          cannot exceed established values over the same fre-
            Seattle University.                                                           quency range. The specified noise parameters     ➤

            www.cable-install.com                                                                              Cabling Installation & Maintenance   ■   July 2007   ■       29




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                    A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                   Contents Zoom In                  Zoom Out        Front Cover         Search Issue          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                    B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                           A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                        Contents Zoom In                Zoom Out        Front Cover       Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                                             Next Page EMaGS  F




               are related to crosstalk between wire pairs in the cable and                       other cabling installation issues. IEEE 802.3an development
               signal reflection on each wire pair measured by the return                         has been completed and was approved by it standards board
               loss parameter.                                                                    in June 2006.
              Because of the very high frequency range required for                                 The cabling industry is undertaking two sets of activities:
           10GBase-T, the crosstalk requirements must be expanded to                                • Guidelines for cabling compliance with the transmission
           include not only the crosstalk that happens between wire pairs                             requirements of 10GBase-T;
           within each cabling link, but also to include the crosstalk that                         • A new cabling standard that delivers better transmission
           is induced from wire pairs in adjacent cabling links. The lat-                             performance than Category 6, called Augmented Catego-
           ter is called alien crosstalk. The performance of each individ-                            ry 6 (Category 6A) or Augmented Class E (abbreviated
           ual cabling link is certified by the “in-channel” tests, while                             Class EA by the International Organization for Standard-
           the alien crosstalk performance or the coupling between wire                               ization [ISO]).
           pairs in adjacent links is to be certified by the “between-chan-                         In the North American market, the Telecommunications
                                                                                                  Industry Association (TIA; www.tiaonline.org) is the lead-
                            UTP vs. screened UTP cable construction
                                                                                                  ing standards body for data communications cabling. The ISO,
                            UTP                                 STP                               meanwhile, develops, publishes, and maintains standards for
                                          Conductor                          Conductor            the worldwide market. Both standards bodies are involved
                                           Insulation                         Insulation          with the two activities mentioned above.
                                            Pair                               Pair
                                            Sheath                             Pair shield
                                                                                                  Cabling guidelines for compliance with 10GBase-T
                                                                              Sheath
                                                                                                  The TIA published a document titled Telecommunications
                                                                                                  Systems Bulletin 155 (TIA TSB-155), which contains the
                            S/UTP                               S/STP                             guidelines and performance criteria by which any cabling
                                          Conductor                          Conductor
                                                                                                  system can be evaluated for compliance with the cabling
                                           Insulation                          Insulation         transmission requirements for 10GBase-T. The guidelines
                                            Pair                                Pair              in TSB-155 address the in-channel performance (test
                                            Shield                              Pair shield       parameters that define the performance of an individual
                                           Sheath                              Cable shield       cabling link over the frequency range from 1 through
                                                                             Sheath               500 MHz) and the between-channel performance
                                                                         Source: Fluke Networks   (signal coupling between adjacent links commonly referred
           Adding a foil shield around the four pairs of Unshielded Twisted Pair                  to as alien crosstalk). The ISO is in the process of creating a
           (UTP) creates Screened UTP (S/UTP). Wrapping a foil shield around                      Technical Report (TR 24750) that serves the same purpose,
           each pair creates Shielded Twisted Pair (STP). Screened STP (S/STP)                    and intends to provide the same guidance as the TIA
           adds a foil screen around all four shielded wire-pairs.                                TSB-155 document. (These guidelines do not suppose a
                                                                                                  specific Category or Class of cabling, but it will be
           nel” test parameters.                                                                  difficult to meet the performance established by TSB-155
             How can you be assured that the installed cabling system                             [TR 24750] for any cabling lower than Category 6 or Class E.)
           will support 10GBase-T transmission? Industry standards
           define the test parameters as well as the measurement method-                          New cabling standards
           ology to assure compliance of installed cabling systems. This                          Both TIA and ISO are developing a new cabling type called
           testing procedure is called cabling certification.                                     Augmented Category 6 (Category 6A) or Augmented Class
                                                                                                  E (Class EA). This new cabling will offer better performance
           Applying the standards                                                                 than Category 6 or Class E cabling. The performance of the
           The IEEE has been the organization to develop, expand, and                             in-channel and between-channel parameters will be defined
           maintain the “Ethernet” standards, in its 802.3 set of spec-                           up to 500 MHz. The standards activities that defi ne the Aug-
           ifications. IEEE project 802.3an developed and defined the                             mented cabling systems are not yet complete, even though
           system to transmit 10-GbE over twisted-pair cabling. This                              many manufacturers offer Category 6A (Class EA) solutions
           project encompasses all aspects of the network implementation,                         in the market. The TIA development is further along than the
           including the minimum capability of the cabling link between                           ISO development, and will be published as Addendum 10 to
           a transmitting device and a receiving device. The IEEE is                              the TIA standard 568-B.2 (TIA-568-B.2-10). This TIA docu-
           focused on the transmission performance of the end-to-end                              ment is, at the time of this writing, in Draft 7.0.
           cabling link independent of the number of connections or                                 An important reason for the new cabling systems is ➤

             30    ■   July 2007    ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                                  www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                           A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                        Contents Zoom In                Zoom Out        Front Cover       Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                                             Next Page EMaGS  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                               A

Installation 7Maintenance
                            Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out   Front Cover     Search Issue        Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                               B   F




                                                                    From copper to fiber, General

                                                                    Cable has a 10 Gigabit Ethernet

                                                                    solution for you. We’re proud to
                                                                                                               ®


                                                                    offer high-quality
                                       I want options.              and
                                                                                                  ®
                                                                                                      cables

                                                                    that support 10 Gig, and can be

                                                                    customized to fit any network,

                                                                    including:


                                                                    • Backbone to horizontal drop

                                                                    • Outside plant to inside your
                                                                      data center

                                                                    • 37m to over 30km


                                                                    With more than 100 years of

                                                                    wire and cable experience,

                                                                    General Cable has the

                                                                    resources, product offerings

                                                                    and applications support you

                                                                    can depend on.




                                                                   General Cable
                                                                   has the solutions.




                                                                    Delivering Solutions that Keep You Connected
                                                                    (800) 424-5666
                                                                    www.generalcable.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                               A

Installation 7Maintenance
                            Contents Zoom In   Zoom Out   Front Cover     Search Issue        Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                               B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out    Front Cover        Search Issue                       B
                                                                                                                                Next Page EMaGS F




           that Category 6 cabling may not satisfy the between-chan-              day network operations than cabling with merely good (say,
           nel performance (alien crosstalk performance), especial-               5 dB) margins? We believe the answer is, “No.” The distinc-
           ly for longer links. TSB-155 states that Category 6 “should”           tion is not noticeable. It is true that a reasonable margin of a
           perform satisfactorily for links up to 37 meters long; it may          few dB above the minimum requirements protects network
           well work up to 55 meters, and it may need some mitigation             traffic from spurious and random EMI events that undoubt-
           if you want to run 10GBase-T over Category 6 links longer              edly occur. Also, remember that the dB scale is not a linear
           than 55 meters.                                                        scale. For example, a worst-case alien crosstalk margin of
              In a real-world installation, the alien crosstalk performance       6 dB means that at the worst-performing frequency, the mea-
           of installed Category 6 cabling depends on many factors. The           sured alien crosstalk signal is half of the allowable signal
                                                                                                               level for alien crosstalk.
            Do cabling systems with very good margins (15 dB or
                                                                                                              Considering unshielded
            more) perform better in everyday network operations                                               In the selection process between
           than cabling with merely good (say, 5 dB)                              margins? We unshielded and a variety of screened
                                                                                                              and shielded cabling options, UTP
            believe the answer is, “No.”                                                                      remains the more economical sys-
                                                                                                              tem. Installation contractors in the
            best advice we can give: Test alien crosstalk performance of          North American market are familiar with unshielded ca-
            installed Category 6 cabling before deploying 10GBase-T. If           ble types. Category 6A UTP may, however, bring a few new
            the links pass the requirements specified in TSB-155, they are        challenges.
            ready to support 10GBase-T. One design goal for the Cate-                Many of the Category 6A UTP implementations have big-
            gory 6A system states that it shall satisfy the alien crosstalk       ger outside diameters, and the density in patch panels has
            performance for 10GBase-T for a full 100-meter horizon-               decreased. The increased outside diameter (OD) creates a
            tal channel.                                                          greater distance between wire pairs in adjacent links, thereby
                                                                                  reducing the between-channel signal coupling. A bigger OD
           Starting from scratch                                                  for the cabling does, however, affect the fill rate in ducts and
           A new cabling installation should be treated as a long-term            pathways. An increase in the OD of 0.1 inch, from 0.25 inch
           investment. Electronic devices are typically replaced several          to 0.35 inch, represents an increase in fi ll volume of 21%. It
           times within the lifespan of the cabling system. Replac-               also affects the ease of handling and bending of cable bun-
           ing a cabling system is a much more disruptive and costly              dles. If you select a UTP Category 6A cable with an increased
           project than exchanging network devices like switches and              outside diameter, pathway layout, duct sizes, and cable sus-
           routers. You should, therefore, consider the best cabling              pension should be designed to accommodate the OD param-
           system for the time horizon of your investment. In a new               eter of the cable.
           data center design, this decision should favor a Category 6A             Alien near-end crosstalk (NEXT) is susceptible to the per-
           cabling system.                                                        formance of the cabling near ends of the link, most noticeably
             As mentioned earlier, shielded cabling types are getting             in patch cords, patch panels, and the wire management in the
           much attention in the Category 6A market. The standards                racks. To alleviate or mitigate alien crosstalk problems in UTP
           do not favor UTP over STP construction. Instead, as was                installations, the Category 6A patch panels support less den-
           explained earlier, the standards set performance limits                sity and trade off that density for alien crosstalk performance
           for the in-channel transmission capability as well as for the          by allowing more space between jacks in the panel.
           between-channel capability.                                              Alien NEXT for UTP cabling can also be improved by
             We have witnessed the testing of many UTP cabling                    adjusting the practices of bundling in the wire management
           installations that fully meet the requirements spelled                 of the racks. Allowing more free flow between the cables and
           out in the proposed Category 6A standard. Th e shield-                 placing wraps or hook-and-loop ties a few feet apart, rather
           ing in the screened cable types offer better electromagnetic           than a few inches apart, will help. Also, smaller bundles are
           interference (EMI) performance and diminishes the sig-                 more manageable and will require less time to conduct the
           nal coupling between wire pairs in adjacent cabling links. A           alien crosstalk tests.
           shielded cabling installation, if properly installed, should
           offer better margins for the alien crosstalk tests.                    Shielded/screened options
             This raises an interesting question: Do cabling systems with         It is important to note that there are several different varieties
           very good margins (15 dB or more) perform better in every-             of shielded cabling, and that a series of new acronyms has ➤

             32    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                     www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out    Front Cover        Search Issue                       B
                                                                                                                                Next Page EMaGS F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                      A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                 Contents Zoom In              Zoom Out          Front Cover          Search Issue     Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                      B  F




                            PROVEN                  EXPERIENCE
                                                                            IN SCREENED AND SHIELDED CABLING

                10Gb/s SCREENED AND SHIELDED SYSTEMS SINCE 1999      OVER A MILLION SCREENED AND SHIELDED PORTS INSTALLED     SUPPORT BUILT ON GLOBAL EXPERIENCE



                    By now you know the benefits of screened and shielded cabling - superior 10Gb/s performance, elimination of alien crosstalk, reduced
                    cable diameters, less restrictive installation practices and more.


                    But what about the company behind the products? Siemon has produced and installed 10Gb/s screened and shielded cabling systems
                    since 1999. And now, as they gain popularity, you can count on Siemon’s industry-leading experience and support to help you install a
                    superior 10Gb/s cabling solution...In the end, experience counts.




        CONNECTING THE WORLD TO A HIGHER STANDARD
        W W W . S I E M O N . C O M
        _________________________




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                      A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                 Contents Zoom In              Zoom Out          Front Cover          Search Issue     Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                      B  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out    Front Cover        Search Issue                      B
                                                                                                                               Next Page EMaGS  F




           emerged to describe the different cable types. In the most com-        other codes enforced by local jurisdictions.
           mon construction type, the wire pairs are fully covered with              In the field, you can verify that the ground potential meets
           a metal foil. This construction used to be called FTP (foiled          the difference requirement before you connect the other end.
           twisted-pair) or ScTP (screened twisted-pair) but is now often         Connect the shield at one end, then measure the alternating-
           referred to as F/UTP (foiled/unshielded twisted-pair) or S/UTP         current voltage between the shield and the ground connection
           (screened/unshielded twisted-pair). An alternate construction          at the other end using a digital voltmeter that covers a band-
           provides a foil around each individual wire pair. And the Cat-         width of 100 kHz or better.
           egory 7 cable construction provides a foil around each wire              The performance in or near the patch panels plays a sig-
           pair, then a foil around the four foil-screened wire pairs and         nificant role in maintaining the effectiveness and protection
           lastly, a braided screen woven of thin wire around that out-           delivered by a shielded cable. Installation workmanship and
           side foil. This cable construction is also called SSTP (shielded       experience play a big role in the quality of the installed sys-
           screened twisted-pair). The flexibility and manageability of           tem. Field certification verifies that the desired quality has
           SSTP is much less than that of UTP.                                    been delivered.
             The foil screen or shielding is effective in preventing high-           Shielded cabling may also require additional testing in
           frequency signal interference between wire pairs in adjacent           Power over Ethernet (PoE) applications because the shielding
           cables. Good cable balance offers great immunity from inter-           tends to retain heat within the cable, which increases return loss
           ference caused by lower-frequency signals. To obtain these             and reduces cable life. The proposed 802.3at standard, which
           benefits from screens, you must follow a number of very                increases the maximum PoE power from 13 watts to 30 watts,
           important installation practices. The key concerns are the             makes this issue more critical. 802.3at will set maximum
           shield must fully surround the wire pairs in the cable from            temperature limits for unshielded cabling but does not yet
           end to end, and must provide proper grounding.                         address shielded cabling.
             The shield must be kept intact over the entire length of the            Because PoE is not often used within data centers, the use
           cable, and must fully surround the cable and connecting hard-          of shielded cabling in the data center sidesteps this potential
           ware. If the shield is, for example, formed into a pigtail over        problem. If PoE is run over shielded cabling, the cable should
           the last inch of the cable, it will reduce the protection against      be tested periodically for return loss to assess whether any
           EMI and alien crosstalk. In addition, avoid splitting the shield       thermal damage may have occurred.
           at sharp bends in the cable. The shield is typically a ribbon of
           aluminum foil that is wrapped around the cable. If the cable is        Shielding against aliens
           bent at too sharp of a radius, the shield may separate, thereby        The IEEE 10GBase-T standard includes requirements for
           reducing the effectiveness of the shield and its ability to pro-       cabling; the TIA TSB-155 and ISO TR 24750 documents
           tect against alien crosstalk.                                          incorporate these requirements. The new cabling standards
             The shield must be grounded on both ends of the link. It is          under development—Category 6A and Class EA—aim to deliver
           often said that a shield is 90% effective when it is grounded          a future-ready cabling system that supports the full
           at one end of the link. Such a shield continues to protect the         100-meter channel requirements for 10GBase-T. These new
           wire pairs against many external high-frequency disturbances,          standards also aim to support possible future developments.
           but an open-ended shield may allow resonances at certain                 We can predict that alien crosstalk performance is going to be
           frequencies. A resonance creates the chance that the signals           part of any future high-speed network application. Because of the
           couple into the data wire pairs, creating a significant alien          emphasis on alien crosstalk, screened/shielded cabling types
           crosstalk disturbance at those individual frequencies. Field           are gaining attention in the market. Properly installed shield-
           certification may record very low margins for alien crosstalk          ing enhances EMI performance in general and alien crosstalk
           at those frequencies.                                                  performance in particular.
              Because the shield should be terminated to ground at both             Certification testing has always been an important part of
           ends, it is critical that the ground potential at both ends is         cabling deployment. It becomes a very important step if you
           approximately the same to avoid any ground-loop currents.              are interested in deploying 10GBase-T over installed twisted-
           The TIA-607 standard on grounding and bonding allows a                 pair cabling. Certification of new Augmented cabling systems,
           maximum difference in ground potential of 1 Vrms (Volt root            whether constructed with unshielded or shielded components,
           mean square) between the two ends. This rule requires that             delivers the assurance that the cable system is ready to sup-
           the telecommunications system is grounded throughout in                port 10GBase-T and beyond. In-channel testing should be
           compliance with the TIA-607 standard and that the electrical           performed on 100% of the links, and alien crosstalk test-
           system in the building is correctly grounded and fully com-            ing should be performed on a selected number of disturbed
           plies with rules spelled out in the National Electrical Code and       cables in the cabling installation.

             34    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                    www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out    Front Cover        Search Issue                      B
                                                                                                                               Next Page EMaGS  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                 A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                              Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out             Front Cover    Search Issue                    B
                                                                                                                                     Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                   F




       CABLING SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING AND DISTRIBUTION                                                                         cabling systems




                                      Modular Plugs                                              Patch Cords                            Copper Cables

          Patch Panels




                                                              Fiber Optic Cables                                Optical Connectors

          Cross Connection




                                                                                                 Cable Trays                   Installation Accessories




          Access Floor                                                               Cabinets and Racks         Tools

        EXCELLENT QUALITY, REASONABLE PRICE, FAST DELIVERY
        Hyperline Systems 2212 Gladwin Crescent, unit C7, Ottawa, Ontario, K1B 5N1, Canada
        Phone: 1-613-736-8500, toll-free: 1-866-63-HYPER (1-866-634-9737), fax: 1-613-736-9752
                                                                                                        www.hyperline.com
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                 A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                              Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out             Front Cover    Search Issue                    B
                                                                                                                                     Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                  A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                               Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue                  B
                                                                                                                                     Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                  F




                                                                                  P R E - T E R M I N AT E D ,


                                                                                      PRE-TESTED,


                                                                                  PRE-ANYONE ELSE.




                            PROVEN PERFORMANCE. PROVEN RELIABILITY. RAPIDNET. When it comes to pre-terminated network cabling
                            solutions, HellermannTyton is the leader. Pioneering the first Category 6 pre-terminated network cabling system,
                            HellermannTyton has, for years, delivered successful RapidNet installations across the globe – including leading US
                            data centers in government, financial, healthcare, educational and enterprise applications. RapidNet is available
                            in copper and fiber modular configurations and offers the time tested performance and reliability required
                            for system critical applications. Assuring on-time project completion in the most demanding circumstances,
                            RapidNet has been verified to reduce installation time by 85% over traditional methods.
                            RapidNet has been proven in the field, now let us prove to you how RapidNet can enhance your business. Go
                            online for more information and register for your free “Proven in the Field” t-shirt, www.hellermann.tyton.com/cm1

                            phone: [80 0] 822 4352
                            email: info@htamericas.com
                            w w w. h e l l e r m a n n .t y t o n . c o m /c m1
                            ____________________




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                  A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                               Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue                  B
                                                                                                                                     Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out      Front Cover        Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                           B   F




           www.cable-install.com                                                                                             data center


           Products and technologies
                            meeting myriad challenges

      T       he technological food chain
           that is the data center yields chal-
           lenges at every turn. Over the past
                                                        Latest innovations aim to alleviate problems
                                                        associated with cable management,
                                                        power consumption, security and, oh-
           several months, we have detailed             by-the-way, signal transmission.
           on these pages the myriad consid-
           erations that go into planning, deploying, and admin-                 automated access control and monitoring. Managed
           istering networks and their structured cabling systems                with soft ware via Ethernet connection, the system elim-
           within data centers. High-density networks using blade                inates keys by assigning each user with access codes
           servers present concerns that include cable manage-                   or proximity cards to open
           ment, power use, and potentially cabinet security.                    specific cabinets, while
             And that is just the proverbial tip of the iceberg.                 maintaining a detailed
              On a monthly basis, we try to show you glimpses of                 data log of access attempts,
           the “bottom of the iceberg” for professionals tasked with             configuration changes,
           administering data center cabling systems. This month,                and modifications to
           we take a look at some of the most recently introduced                cabinet handles. Com-
           products and technologies that focus specifically on                  ponents include a com-
           data center transmission and administration.                          munications module,
                                                                                 electronic lock upgrade
           High capacity fiber manager                                            kit, electronic lock module, keypad module, and
           The company’s FiberGuide fiber management system                      proximity card reader. Each Electronic Locking
           now includes a 24 x 4-inch system, doubling the network               System is customized to meet specific data center
                                  capacity of typical 12-inch systems.           requirements.
                                  FiberGuide is designed to protect                                            CHATSWORTH PRODUCTS
                                  and route optical-fiber patch cords,                                               www.chatsworth.com
                                  multi-fiber cable assemblies, and
                                  intra-facility fiber cable to and             Web-enabled power control
                                  from fiber splice enclosures, dis-            The iBootBar remote power distribution and manage-
                                  tribution frames, and fiber-optic             ment solution lets you reboot or power-control remote
           terminal devices. It also is built to ensure that a 2-inch           telecom equipment via an IP network using and Internet
           minimum bend radius is maintained throughout.                        browser. It provides control of eight A/C power outlets,
                                                                         ADC
                                                              www.adc.com


           Cabinet security system
           The Electronic Locking System for the company’s                       and each can be turned on, off, or cycled for power-on
           line of cabinets is an IP-addressable locking solution                reset. A serial port or optional internal modem (sup-
           designed to increase data center security by providing                ports data and voice) provides out-of-band access when
            PATRICK MCLAUGHLIN is chief editor and STEVE SMITH is executive      the network is unavailable. Supporting Telnet, SNMP,
            editor of Cabling Installation & Maintenance.                        SMTP, and SSL security, iBootBar can be configured ➤

            www.cable-install.com                                                                     Cabling Installation & Maintenance   ■   July 2007   ■       37




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out      Front Cover        Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                           B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                         A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In         Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                            Next Page EMaGS F




           to monitor networked equipment and                                                       tor, enabling longer reach, thinner cable
           will automatically reboot the equipment                                                  interconnects, and reducing kilowatts in
           in the event of a system freeze.                                                         the data center. Combining a four-chan-
                                                   DATAPROBE                                        nel equalizer with integrated higher layer
                                          www.dataprobe.com                                         functionality designed to ensure full com-
                                                                                                    pliance with the QSFP specification, the
           Data center power reducer                                                                technology eliminates the need to con-
           QLx4000 Lane Extender ICs are em-                                                        vert to fiber-optics. These Lane Extend-
           bedded in an ultra-small QSFP (quad                                                      ers come in a 4 x 7-mm package, and can
           small-form-factor pluggable) connec-                                                     be integrated in any cable shell, line card,
                                                                                                    or backplane. Fully embeddable units fea-
                                                                                                    ture 240 mW power dissipation and 10 to
                                                                                                    34 Gbits/sec bandwidth range.
                                                                                                                                QUELLAN INC.
                                                                                                                             www.quellan.com


                                                                                                    10-Gbit/sec patch cord
                                                                                                    These 10-Gbit/sec-capable, RJ-45-style
                                                                                                    patch cords feature a proprietary color-
                                                                                                    coded snap-on clip that can be added or
                                                                                                    removed while the plug is inserted or dis-
                                                                                                    engaged, allowing improved flexibility
                                                                                                    in patch field identification and manage-
                                                                                                    ment. The 10G 6A F/UTP MC cords in-
                                                                                                    clude an ultra-slim boot designed for tight
                                                                                                    side-stackability in high density patching
                                                                                                    environments, such as blade servers. The




                                                                                                    boot provides integrated “cantilevered”
                                                                                                    latch protection that limits snagging when
                                                                                                    removing cords and allows the latch to be
                                                                                                    operated from further back on the plug.
                                                                                                    The plug also features an enhanced strain
                                                                                                    relief boot designed to ensure proper bend
                                                                                                    radius, flexibility, and boot retention.
                                                                                                    Coupled with the company’s patented
                                                                                                    cross-pair metallic isolator and 360-de-
                                                                                                    gree crimp, the plug maintains cable pair
                                                                                                    geometry and eliminates deformation.
                                                                                                    As part of a 10G 6A F/UTP end-to-end
                                                                                                    channel, these MC cords meet or exceed
                                                                                                    all 10GBase-T standard requirements,
                                                                                                    including alien crosstalk parameters.
                                                                            _________________
                                                                                                                                      SIEMON
                                                                                                                              www.siemon.com

             38    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                 www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                         A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In         Zoom Out   Front Cover   Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                            Next Page EMaGS F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                           Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out      Front Cover   Search Issue              B
                                                                                                            Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                         F




                    Built with your system
                    in mind.




                      UFS from Cablofil is a wire mesh tray system for                                        www.cablofil.com
                                                                                                                  800-658-4641
                      underfloor cable management that’s adaptable to any                                    8319 State Route 4
                      installation. It’s self-supporting so it won’t void the warranty                  Mascoutah, IL 62258 USA
                      of your floor and 2’ tray sections can be installed through a
                      single floor opening. Multiple height supports are available
                      in kits, making UFS easy to order and install. And UFS
                      integrates with our 10’ tray — an industry first.



                      UNDER FLOOR CABLE MANAGEMENT MADE EASY.




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                           Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out      Front Cover   Search Issue              B
                                                                                                            Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                         F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out          Front Cover          Search Issue          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                              B F




   wireless                                                                                                                                 www.cable-install.com




                            WLAN goes fat to thin
                                                                   and back again

                            A           s the wireless LAN (WLAN)
                             industry looks ahead to the high speeds
                             promised by the IEEE 802.11n protocol
                                                                               When the industry moved to centralized
                                                                               wireless solutions with switch-based
                                                                               controllers, many thought the war
                             and the growing expectation for more              between “fat” and “thin” was over. But
                             critical applications to successfully
                             run over wireless, the architectures              now it appears the battle is still on.
                             are evolving.
                                Legacy Wi-Fi networks aimed at the enterprise mar-                       traditional WAPs were first used for critical vertical
                             ketplace included autonomous “fat” wireless access                          applications, such as inventory management, and were
                             points (WAPs) that didn’t offer adequate management,                        a huge benefit to several types of businesses.
                             security, and roaming capabil-                                                                       As the number of WAPs increased,
                             ities. Later, centralized systems                                                                 however, they became increasingly
                             used “thin” WAPs and moved the                                                                    difficult and time-consuming to
                             intelligence and security policies to                                                             manage. Manual configuration
                             a main switch-based controller to                                                                 of each WAP was often required
                             get around the challenges experi-                                                                 to set power level, channel, and
                             enced with legacy systems.                                                                        security policies. In addition, many
                                But the war between “fat” and                                                                  encountered security breach-
                            “thin” may not be over. Some in the                                                                es due to fi rst-generation secu-
                             industry are discovering that the                                                                 rity standards that proved to be
                             centralized controller approach                                                                   easily broken.
                             may not be the best architecture to                                                                 “The security issue with traditional
                             handle the ever-increasing number                                                                 fat WAPs wasn’t so much based on
                             of Wi-Fi users, demand for faster                                                                 the architecture and the fact that
                             wireless speeds, and emerging                                                                     the intelligence resided in the WAP,
                             Wi-Fi applications.                                                                               but more because the security stan-
                                Is it possible that wireless LAN                                                               dards were not robust at that time,”
                             technology is coming full circle                                                                  says Frans Versluis, senior manager
                             with intelligence being put back                                                                  of wireless marketing for ADC
                             into the WAP?                                                                                     (www.adc.com). In addition to
                                                                                                                                __________

                                                                             Ortronics’ centralized wireless system features   security and management issues,
                             Losing the fat                                  the very small Wi-Jack WAP that works in con-     the process of having to re-authen-
                             The first autonomous WAPs were junction with an Aruba Networks’ controller.                       ticate with each WAP when roam-
                             stand-alone devices with routing                                                                  ing provided limited mobility.
                             capabilities able to handle everything from network                            To solve the management, security, and mobility
                             processing and radio-frequency (RF) communica- issues, a centralized management approach was needed
                             tion to authentication and encryption. Many of these                        to perform signal and channel adjustments and set
                             BETSY ZIOBRON is a freelance writer and regular contributor to Cabling      security and roaming policies from one central location.
                             Installation & Maintenance. She can be reached at: bziobron@comcast.net
                                            Maintenance.                                                 Functionality and intelligence was moved from the ➤

           40    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                                     www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out          Front Cover          Search Issue          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                              B F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                            Contents Zoom In          Zoom Out          Front Cover         Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                   Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                             F




            SHIELDED




                                Leviton makes it easy.
                                The highest level of security: Leviton’s Shielded Solution. Our Rockwell Encompass™ Approved
                                products secure critical data in sensitive environments including Government, Department of
                                Defense, and Healthcare.

                                Our Shielded Solution improves isolation of data signals. This protects your information by
                                reducing signal emissions from inside your network and reducing Electromagnetic (EMI) and
                                Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) from outside your network. Cat 6 connectors are IEEE 802.3an
                                compliant when used with approved cable suppliers.

                                For more information call, 800.922.6229 or visit www.leviton.com.


                                      LEVITON’S SHIELDED CONNECTIVITY SOLUTION
                                      Rockwell Encompass™ Approved                    Features 1RU 24-port patch panel

                                      No 110 punch-down tool required                 Used in conjunction with STP cabling

                                      Durable connector housing                       Protects against EMI & RFI




                                leviton.com :: 800.922.6229 :: FAX 425.483.5270
                                ISO 9001:2000 registered quality manufacturer :: © 2007 Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                            Contents Zoom In          Zoom Out          Front Cover         Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                   Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                             F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                        A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out   Front Cover     Search Issue                      B
                                                                                                                           Next Page EMaGS F




           WAP to a centralized WLAN controller, which is essentially       is transmitted wirelessly from the client to the WAP and then
           a switch responsible for WAP configuration and administer-       over the structured cabling system to the controller.
           ing security policies while also routing data packets from and      Panduit teamed up with Cisco Systems in late 2005 to deliver
           to the WAPs.                                                     the Panduit Wireless Connection Solution, a combination of
             “In the past, the mentality in the enterprise was that wire-   Cisco’s WAPs, controllers, and antennas, and Panduit’s WAP
           less would be used for isolated
           locations, with a few WAPs to             “Most people are underwhelmed with the performance
           cover open areas and conference
           rooms,” says Bob Elliot, product                  of Wi-Fi networks and would rather connect to the
           development manager at Panduit
           (www.panduit.com). “Distributed
            ____________                              wired network. Users are wanting to do more than just
           systems with intelligent WAPs
           worked well for that. When cus- e-mail and browsing over the wireless LAN, and putting
           tomers began looking for ways to
           use wireless technology through-
                                                      more intelligence at the edge actually improves speed.”
           out the entire enterprise, the model
           changed to having several tens or even hundreds of WAPs.         enclosures, PoE patch panels, and connectivity. The system
           That’s when customers realized that programming WAPs             is available with either distributed (fat) or centralized (thin)
           from one centralized controller made more sense.”                WAPs to suit various types of deployment.
                                                                              “Customers are now talking wired and wireless in the same
           Getting into thin                                                sentence,” says Panduit’s Elliot. “You can’t separate the two,
           Vendors such as Cisco (www.cisco.com) and Aruba Networks         which is why Panduit now offers both wireless and wired
           (www.arubanetworks.com) led the way with                                         solutions.”
           centralized controller-based systems, and                                                This year, Belden (www.belden.com)
           many cabling and connectivity vendors                                                     entered the wireless networking
           either jumped on board with their own                                                        arena with even “thinner” WAPs.
           offerings or teamed up with Cisco                                                              The Belden Wireless Solution fea-
           and Aruba. Ortronics/Legrand                                                                     tures what is known as chan-
           (www.ortronics.com), for ex-
            ______________                                                                                    nel blanket technology, which
           ample, was the fi rst structured                                                                    is deployed using edge switch
           cabling company to market a                                                                         architecture (see figure, “Four-
           centralized wireless system (in                                                                     radio WAP topology, page 44).
           late 2004) when they teamed up                                                                     Th is setup prevents having to
           with Aruba Networks (see pho-                                                                       send packets back along the
           to, page 40). The Ortronics so-                                                                    structured cabling to a central-
           lution includes their own Power                                                                   ized controller, which ironically
           over Ethernet (PoE) injectors and                                                               is considered one of the key
           dual-band/dual-radio Wi-Jack                                                                 benefits of moving back to fat
           WAPs that work in conjunction with                                                         WAPs (see figure, “Connecting
           Aruba Networks’ controllers.                                                           WAPs without centralized controller”,
             “The Aruba controller manages each Wi-Jack                                            page 44).
           by downloading the configuration to the WAP,” explains          ADC’s WFX Wi-Fi           In this scenario, the WAPs are so
           Tony Walker, wireless marketing manager for Ortronics/ Array features an                simple that they do not even require
           Legrand. “Users can automatically manage the number of          embedded control-       a MAC or IP address, and they are
           users, power levels, and the coverage area based on defined     ler with integrated     directly connected to the edge switch that
           thresholds. If a WAP goes out of service, the controller recog- 802.11b/g and           makes all packet routing and security
           nizes that, because every 30 nanoseconds, it’s communicating    802.11a WAPs in         decisions while delivering PoE to the
           with the WAP—and if it doesn’t get a response, it automatically one device.            WAPs. The Belden technology allows
           powers up the surrounding WAPs to cover the area.”                                      each WAP to operate on the same chan-
              According to Walker, the Wi-Jack WAPs are connected           nel to create channel blankets with no co-channel interfer-
           through the structured cabling system so that the data stream    ence or latency, as opposed to the more common method

             42    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                        A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out   Front Cover     Search Issue                      B
                                                                                                                           Next Page EMaGS F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                 Contents Zoom In                Zoom Out            Front Cover           Search Issue            Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                       B   F




           of individual Wi-Fi cells. The company says this scenario                    on the network. And if I’m transferring a file to a person using
           allows for easily increasing the density of WAPs to provide                   the same WAP on the same network, it makes sense for the
           more capacity.                                                               data stream to bypass the structured cabling and controller by
             “In our wireless solution, the WAPs basically become                       going to the WAP and then directly to the other person. Th is
           just antennas, similar to                                                      An intelligent “fat” array
           a distributed antenna
           system,” explains Brad                                                                                                            • 12 60˚ sectors provide 100%




                                                                                                                                    A12
                                                                                             Listening only                                     RF overlap for redundancy




                                                                                                                             A1
                                                                          ABG1




                                                                                                                                   A1
           Meeks, director of wire-                                                                                          A1                 and failover




                                                                                                                               1
                                                                                                                                0        A2
           less marketing for Belden.                         =      ABG4      ABG3
                                                                                       +                          +          A9
                                                                                                                              A8
                                                                                                                                        A4
                                                                                                                                          A3 • One non-overlapping channel
                                                                                                                                                per sector
          “Association between the




                                                                                                                                   A6   A5
                                                                                                                             A7
                                                                                                 ABG2
                                                                                                                                             • High-gain antenna system for
           client and the network never                                                                                                         increased range
           occurs at the WAP, but at
           the edge switch.”                    ADC’s WFX-3900 Array is an intelligent “fat” WAP that features an embedded controller with four 802.11b/g
              Meeks adds, “Depending and twelve 802.11a integrated WAPs to provide a maximum of 864 Mbits/sec of throughput for a larger area.
           on the density, a client may
           be communicating with two or three WAPs at any given time.                    is why some vendors are moving some processing intelligence
           When the client sends data, it is the edge switch that decides in             back out to the WAP.”
           real time on a packet-by-packet basis which WAP the packet
           is received from. The switch bases that decision on sev-                     Coming around again
           eral parameters, including interference, number of users,                    Trapeze Networks (www.trapezenetworks.com) is one com-
           and capacity.”                                                                pany contributing to this trend. Their Smart Mobile WLAN
              Belden’s solution includes two-radio WAPs to provide two                  architecture features WAPs that can perform encryption,
           separate channel blankets that can be set up as two sepa-                    enforce policy, and forward data, depending on application
           rate networks—ideal for specifying one channel for voice and                 needs. According to the company, this offloads some of the
           another for data. Later this year, the company will introduce a              controller’s responsibility, leaving it free to enforce more
           four-radio WAP, PoE extender, and management console soft-                    stringent policies and enable fast, seamless identity-based
           ware for monitoring and configuring each edge switch.                        roaming.
              Recent industry buzz has focused on moving intelligence                       ADC’s WFX Enterprise Wi-Fi Solution is an example of a
           back into the WAP to either eliminate or reduce the use of a                 cabling and connectivity vendor supporting the idea of in-
                                                                                                                                               telligence in the WAP
                                                  Third-generation WAP architecture
                                                                                                                                              (see figure, “An in-
                Independent access points                         WLAN switch                                     WLAN array
                  First generation: 1998-2001            Second generation: 2001-2005                     Third generation: 2006-future
                                                                                                                                               telligent ‘fat’ array,”
                                                                                                                                              above). ADC’s WFX
                                                                                                                                              Wi-Fi Array com-
                                                                                                                                               bines an embedded
                                                                                                                                              controller and up to
                                                                                                                                              16 WAPs in a single
                                                                                                                                              device to provide
                                                                                                                                               higher capacity over a
                                                                                                                                               larger coverage area—
                • “Fat” access points                    • “Thin” access points with                   • Array controller and
                • 802.11b dominant                          centralized switch                           integrated access points             up to 864 Mbits/sec
                • Lacked centralized management          • Addressed management and                    • Capacity and coverage maximized      according to the com-
                                                           security issues                             • Fewer devices, cost effective
                                                                                                         and simple
                                                                                                                                               pany (see photo page
                                                         • Complicated and expensive
                                                                                                                                              42, and figure “Third-
           ADC’s WLAN Array is a third generation device that puts the intelligence back into the WAP yet integrates several sector- generation                      WAP
           ized antennas to increase signal range and capacity.                                                                                architecture,” left).
                                                                                                                                                  “The controller re-
           switch-based controller. While still a proponent of centralized               sides within the array, has one MAC address, and acts as
           systems for their features and capacity through dense deploy-                a switch with up to 2-Gbit switching capability,” explains
           ment, Ortronics’ Walker is noticing the same trend: “If you                  ADC’s Versluis. “We still take advantage of centralized capabil-
           have a controller managing 48 WAPs, that’s a lot of congestion                ities by providing an out-of-band management platform ➤

            www.cable-install.com                                                                              Cabling Installation & Maintenance      ■   July 2007   ■       43




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                 Contents Zoom In                Zoom Out            Front Cover           Search Issue            Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                       B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In        Zoom Out           Front Cover           Search Issue          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                             B  F




           that allows users to push out pro-
           files, radio settings, and security
                                                                      “As we move to the higher speeds offered by 802.11n
           information to each array.”
                                                                and running more mission critical applications over Wi-Fi,
              Comparable to the differ-
           ence between a light bulb and                              do we really want to be backhauling all that traffic over
           a f lashlight, instead of using
           omni-directional antennas                                                                 the LAN to a centralized controller?”
           that distribute signal equally
           in all directions, ADC’s WFX arrays feature sectorized                            os in the array.” According to Versluis, eliminating the
           antennas that focus signal in one direction over a longer                         controller an packing more radios into one device reduces
           distance.                                                                         costs and simplifies deployment because there are significant-
             “A person sitting at 2 o’clock from the array would con-                        ly fewer devices required.
           nect through one of the array’s radios while someone at                             A new company, Aerohive Networks (www.aerohive.com),
                                                                                                                                               _____________

           6 o’clock would connect to another,” explains Versluis.                           recently put even more intelligence back into the WAP with
          “Anyone that stays within that 125,000-square-foot space                           the introduction of the “cooperative control” HiveAPs that
           never hits the wired network or has to worry about roam-                          act as switches and share information with each other over
           ing because the embedded controller manages all the radi-                         both wired and wireless media, completely eliminating the
                                                                                                                                   use of a switch-based control-
                                                                                                                                   ler (see photo, and figure,
                                           Connecting WAPs without centralized controller                                          HiveAP cooperative control,”
                           Cell-based system core architecture                         Channel blanket edge architecture
                                                                                                                                   page 46). In this solution, the
                                                                                                                                   company says, each individual
                               LAN backbone                            Core ethernet LAN backbone                                  HiveAP features cooperative
                                                                          switch
                                                                                                                                   control soft ware that provides
                                                                                     Edge ethernet                                 enterprise-class roaming, RF
                                                                                        switch
                          Edge ethernet                                                            Patch cable                     management, mesh networking,
                              switch          Patch cables
                                                                                                                WLAN L2            best-path forwarding, security,
                                                                                                                switch with PoE
                           PoE injector
                                                                         WLAN switch
                                                                                                                IP1                and quality of service at the net-
                                                                         IP4
                                                                         MAC4                                   MAC1               works’ edge.
                                 Direct Category 5e cable                              Direct Category 5e cable
             3 Switch ports                                                                                                          “Routers have information
             3 PoE ports                                                                                                           about the best route they can
             3 IP addresses
                                  AP IP1        AP IP2         AP IP3                          AP            AP           AP       take for transmitting data;
                                      MAC1          MAC2          MAC3
                                                                                                                    Source: Belden we do that with our WAPs,”
                                                                                                                                   explains Stephen Philip, senior
           The Belden Wireless Solution connects very simple WAPs directly to an edge switch to eliminate the use of a             director of marketing for Aero-
           centralized controller residing in the core network.                                                                    hive Networks. “We can con-
                                                                                                                                   nect as many HiveAPs to the
                                                          Four-radio WAP topology                                                  wired network as we like, and
                                                                                                                                   these WAPs also mesh together
             Channel blankets
                                                                                                                                   to communicate wirelessly as
             Channel 1                                                                                                             well. Th is allows cooperative
             with increased throughput
                                                                                                                                   RF control and automatic chan-
             Channel 6                                                                                                             nel selection between WAPs in
             with increased throughput
                                                                                                                                   the same hive, as well as the
             Channel 11                                                                                                            ability to intelligently pass
             with increased throughput
                                                                                                                                   user credentials from one WAP
             Rogue access point detection                                                                                          to neighboring WAPs for seam-
                                                                                                                                   less roaming.”
                                                                                                                    Source: Belden
                                                                                                                                      The company also offers a
           By having WAPs all on the same channel, Belden’s 4-radio WAPs create four separate channel blankets that                HiveManager appliance to pro-
           can act as individual networks with no co-channel interference or roaming latency.                                      vide a single management ➤

             44    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                                  www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In        Zoom Out           Front Cover           Search Issue          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                             B  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                      Contents Zoom In        Zoom Out                        Front Cover                Search Issue                 Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                             B
                                                                                                                                                                             F




                      Introducing
                            Tri-Porter                                   ™


                            (voice/data/video)
                                                     The first triple-play tester that
                                                             DSL-safe telephone test set
                                                                             network tester    tone generator   cable tester/verifier           tone detector/cable finder
                                                                                                                                                   coax mapper




                                                         replaces 6 traditional testers.




                            Tri-Porter™ is the ultimate “Triple Play” solution with over
                            50 separate features and capabilities that will make your
                            job of assuring customers’ cabling systems easier than ever
                            before. It combines a world-class speakerphone butt set
                            with a full ethernet network tester that has active network
                            negotiation capabilities, as well as line testing at 100Mbits
                            to qualify VoIP.
                            The video/coax tests include a unique tone generation
                            technology that will let you trace signals thru splitters,
                            traps and filters to find the other end of a cable link. It
                            further detects RF energy and measures signal strength                                                  Tri-Porter™ (IVT600) includes a
                                                                                                                                    handy carrying case, along with
                            of cable runs. Tri-Porter™ handles a full range of physical
                                                                                                                                    the 20-piece wiremapping sets,
                            wiring tests for the fast, efficient delivery of IP-based voice,                                        for remote discovery of telephone,
                            data and video services for either the home or small office.                                            network and coax cables.

                            The perfect 21st century tool for 21st century needs.




                                                                                 www.test-um.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                      Contents Zoom In        Zoom Out                        Front Cover                Search Issue                 Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                             B
                                                                                                                                                                             F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                      A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out        Front Cover          Search Issue                   B
                                                                                                                                        Next Page EMaGS  F




           interface for config-                       uration, updates, and device        Aerohive’s HiveAPs act as        but are optimistic that the
           monitoring.                                                                     switches and share infor-        wireless LAN industry
             “The key difference                        between our system and a           mation with one another          will not move back to fat
           centralized control-                         ler-based system is that our       over both wired and wire-        WAPs. “It’s more difficult
           HiveManager is not a                          switch; it is only used to con-   less media.                     to do a dense deployment
           figure the wireless net-                      work,” says Philip. “You can                                      with fat WAPs, and the
           then turn it off, and the                      wireless network                                                 centralized model offers
           still functions because                                                                                          the capacity and ease of
           the WAPs move the                                                                                                   management that cus-
           packets and make the                                                                                                   tomers are looking
           decisions on who is                                                                                                      for,” says Ortron-
           allowed where. In con-                                                                                                    i c s / L e g r a n d ’s
           trast, if you turn off a                                                                                                 Walker. “Howev-
           switch-based controller, the                                                                                             er, a year ago, the
           wireless LAN is down.”                                                                                                discussion was over
                                                                                                                   and everybody was on board with
            Battle still on                                                                           centralized solutions. Now, some people are
           In the the war between “fat” and “thin,”                                        questioning if they really need all they’re buying with
           many solutions seem to lie somewhere be-             tween like                 a centralized solution, or if maybe there’s something in
           Belden’s solution that features thin WAPs, yet eliminates the                   between.”
           use of a centralized controller by connecting WAPs directly
           to an edge switch. Cost, of course, continues to be a key issue                  Back to being fat?
           in this battle, and the idea that thin WAPs with switch-based                   Walker adds, “While I foresee some segmentation in the mar-
           controllers are cheaper may be a misconception.                                  ket where fat WAPs may be ideal for customers that care more
             “Thin WAPs have always been thought to be cheaper, but                         about coverage and less about capacity, I don’t foresee the in-
           today’s equivalent autonomous and thin WAPs are                                  dustry moving back to fat WAPs.”
           essentially the same price, and the controller is still very                        But ADC’s Versluis disagrees: “Others are now doing what
           expensive,” says Aerohive’s Philip. “The idea that we would                      we’ve been advocating for a long time. We don’t believe in
           have a major cost reduction at the WAP by moving the intel-                      sending every packet back along the wired network when
           ligence to a centralized switch didn’t really eventuate.”                        people are communicating wirelessly, which is why we’re
              Proponents of centralized systems see the recent trends                       not a proponent of putting the switch anywhere but at
                                                                                                    the edge.”
                                   HiveAP cooperative control                                         Versluis continues, “Most people are under-
                                                                                                    whelmed with the performance of Wi-Fi net-
                  Wired LAN                                                                         works and would rather connect to the wired
                                                                                                    network. Users are wanting to do more than just
                                                                                                    e-mail and browsing over the wireless LAN, and
                                                                                                    putting more intelligence at the edge actually im-
                                                                                                    proves speed.”
                                                                                                      Aerohives’ Philip concludes, “There are many dis-
                                                           Wireless LAN
                                                                                                    advantages to a controller-based approach. First of
                                                                                                    all, the controller is a single point of failure for the
                                                                                                    wireless LAN, and it’s an extremely expensive de-
                                                                                                    vice. Adding extra controllers for redundancy, and
                                       Wired connection              Layer 2 Ethernet switch        having one controller for each branch office that
                        HiveAP         Wireless connection
                                       Cooperative                   Layer 3 Ethernet switch        only requires a few WAPs is extremely cost-pro-
                                       control signaling
                                                                                 Source: Aerohive   hibitive. And as we move to the higher speeds of-
                                                                                                    fered by 802.11n and running more mission critical
           Aerohive’s WLAN system is based on what the company calls cooperative-control            applications over Wi-Fi, do we really want to be
           technology, which the company says provides enterprise-class roaming, RF manage- backhauling all that traffic over the LAN to a cen-
           ment, mesh networking, best-path forwarding, security, and quality of service.           tralized controller?”

             46    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                             www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                      A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out        Front Cover          Search Issue                   B
                                                                                                                                        Next Page EMaGS  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                             Contents Zoom In    Zoom Out        Front Cover       Search Issue        Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                       B
                                                                                                                                                       F




                                              Utilizing Fiber Optics with Data
                                                    Center Copper Electronics
                                                                                                                        WEBCAST
                                                                                Are your cable trays about to collapse from copper cable over-
                                                                                load? Learn how you can save more space in your data center’s
                                                              7
                                                           200
                                                                                cable trays by moving from copper cabling to fiber-optic cabling

                                                    T   1,
                                               GUS EGISTRATION webcast
                                                                                while utilizing your current copper equipment infrastructure.

                                             AU REE R
                                                                                This webcast will show you how you can reduce the space you

                                                 F        com/
                                                            tall.
                                                                                need for cabling by 93% and lower your cooling costs.

                                                   bleingins NOW!
                                              ww.ca N UP
                                                                                Join Corning Cable Systems and Transition Networks to learn
                                             w
                                                   SIG                          about integrating fiber optics into your data center while leverag-
                                                                                ing your copper electronics. The two industry leaders have joined
                                                                                to develop the highest-density Gigabit Ethernet media conversion
                                                                                solution available today with the scalability, reliability and rapid
                                                                                deployment advantages of plug & play
                                                                                universal systems.




                                                                                Date: August 1, 2007,
                                                                                Time: 1:00 p.m. EDT
                                                                                Moderated by:
                                                                                Patrick McLaughlin, Chief Editor,
                                                                                Cabling Installation & Maintenance


                                                                                Sponsored by:
                                 _________
   Photo Credit: BigStockPhoto.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                             Contents Zoom In    Zoom Out        Front Cover       Search Issue        Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                       B
                                                                                                                                                       F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out         Front Cover                Search Issue                         B
                                                                                                                                      Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                              F




                                 MicroScanner 2. Envision cable
                            verification raised to a higher power.




                                                                                Introducing MicroScanner2 – a revolutionary

                                                                                way to verify voice/data/video cabling and

                                                                                services. It streamlines verification testing by

                                                                                displaying key results – wiremap, pair lengths,

                                                                                cable ID and distance to fault – all on one

                                                                                bright oversized screen. Plus, its built-in RJ11,

                                                                                RJ45, and coax ports test virtually any low-

                                                                                voltage cable with no need for adapters. With

                                                                                all this plus 10/100/1000 Ethernet, POTS, and

                                                                                PoE service detection, it’s clear this is one high-

                                                                                powered tester that’s going to streamline your

                                                                                voice/data/video testing in a blink of an eye.



                                                                                Take a virtual demo today. Visit
                                                                                www.flukenetworks.com/SeeMicroScanner2
                                                                                and find out how you can win one for yourself.



                                                  MicroScanner2
                                                  C a b l e Ve r i f i e r




                      N E T W O R K S U P E R V I S I O N                       ©2007 Fluke Corporation. All rights reserved. 02114




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                      Contents Zoom In      Zoom Out         Front Cover                Search Issue                         B
                                                                                                                                      Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                              F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                    A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                          Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out         Front Cover        Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                    B   F




                                                                                     Compiled by Steve Smith




           Anixter lab integrates networking, security
           A     4,000-square-foot lab designed to
                 educate, demonstrate, and eval-
           uate networking and security infra-
                                                        Leatherwood, senior vice
                                                        president of marketing
                                                        for Anixter Enterprise
           structure products has been unveiled         Cabling and Security
           at telecom distributor Anixter’s (www.
                                                ___     Solutions.
           anixter.com) corporate headquarters in         The ISL will be staffed
           Glenview, IL.                                by professionals who are
              The UL-certified Infrastructure Solu-     experienced in a variety
           tions Lab (ISL) replaces separate network-   of technologies. Custom-
           ing and security labs with an integrated     ers can evaluate a variety
           facility designed to reflect actual use      of networking and securi-
           of the latest technologies being used in     ty infrastructure solutions
           the field. Anixter says the lab employs      in a “real world” environ-
           current security and networking “best        ment so that they can Anixter’s Infrastructure Solutions Lab lets users evaluate numer-
           practices,” and highlights standards and     select the systems that ous networking and security infrastructure solutions in a “real
           technologies being deployed in actual        will best suit their needs. world” demonstration/evaluation environment before choosing a
           networking and security installations.          Specifically, Anixter system for their specific needs.
           The facility also features enterprise        says, the lab will dem-
           cabling and security solutions available     onstrate networking and security prod- ucation and evaluation areas, the lab
           from the company’s key manufacturer          ucts running over a single IP network, will build on “industry firsts” uncov-
           partners.                                    the amount of bandwidth an IP camera          ered by previous Anixter labs, includ-
             “The fact that we present solutions in     or other device will take up on a partic- ing defining performance levels for UTP
           a vendor-neutral environment means           ular network, and the impact that en- cabling, developing non-destructive
           that customers can make critical busi-       vironmental effects will have on overall      patch cord testing, and simulating ac-
           ness decisions based on real-world test-     cabling performance.                          tual network applications over copper
           ing and unbiased analysis,” says Steve          With separate demonstration, ed- and fiber cabling.


          Big Blue digging deep for Big Green data center purge
            R    edirecting $1 billion per year across tiative targets IBM’s own eight million ters within the next three years without
                 its businesses worldwide, IBM square feet of data centers in six conti- increasing power consumption or its car-
           (www.IBM.com) has unveiled a data nents, as well as clients around the world. bon footprint.
           center energy-reduction plan that could Through the project, IBM expects to dou-        But rather than doubling the size of its
           achieve 42% energy savings for “Big Blue” ble the computing capacity of its data cen- data centers by building out new space,
           and its clients.                                                                              IBM expects the initiative will
             For an average 25,000-square-foot                                                           help save more than five bil-
           data center, the company says, the proj-                                                      lion kilowatt hours of energy
           ect’s anticipated savings could equate to                                                     per year.
           as much as 7,439 tons of carbon emis-                                                           “Many data centers have now
           sions per year.                                                                               reached full capacity, limiting a
             Dubbed “Project Big Green,” the ini-                                                        firm’s ability to grow and make
                                                                                                         necessary capital investments,”
                 IBM’s Project Big Green initiative aims to                                              explains Mike Daniels, senior
               achieve a 42% energy savings for a typical                                                vice president of IBM Global
                          25,000-square-foot data center.                                                Technology Services. “We are ➤

            www.cable-install.com                                                              Cabling Installation & Maintenance   ■   July 2007   ■       49




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                    A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                          Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out         Front Cover        Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                    B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out         Front Cover          Search Issue          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                 B F




           Flexible racks meet military media center specs
          T    hirty-eight Stantron Broadcast Rack
               equipment racks from APWMayville
           (www.stantronracks.com) were recently
           installed at the Soldiers Media Center in
           Arlington, VA, which produces numer-
           ous news and public affairs programs
           for military personnel around the world.
           The Center distributes its information
           through the American Forces Network
           via IP and satellite, and to public access
           cable television.
              The flexible Stantron racks house vid-
           eo and audio routers, satellite receivers,
           Avid server components, patching, cam-
           era control and switching electronics,
           and a variety of recording, playback, and
           duplication equipment. Installed by Pro-                  Flexibility in the design of Stantron racks from APWMayville enabled a smooth installation at the
           fessional Products Inc. of Gaithersburg,                  Soldiers Media Center in Arlington, VA, where 36 customized units house everything from video
           MD, 26 of the racks were deployed in the                  routers and satellite receivers to camera control and switching electronics.
           main broadcast technical core, six in the
           IT portion of the technical core, three in                accommodate servers and data routing               id rear doors that are designed to create
           the studio control room (pictured), and                   equipment, was another bonus.”                     environmental security—moving cool air
           three in the video dub room.                                APWMayville delivered the racks with             through the racks to maintain an ideal
             “The integration of a patchbay                          solid side panels for the end of each rack         operating environment for the Media
           cabling system, as requested by Soldiers                  row, copper bus ground bars, and sol-              Center’s active equipment.
           Media Center, places extreme impor-
           tance on cable management through-
           out the technical core,” explains Steve
                                                                          Wireless Gigabit Ethernet on-the-fly
           Losquadro, director of project manage-
           ment for Professional Products. “The 36-
           inch depth of the Stantron racks, along
                                                                          N       ew technology in BridgeWave Communications’ (www.bridgewave.com) line of
                                                                                  100-Mbits/sec wireless links now let you upgrade in the field to Gigabit Eth-
                                                                          ernet simply by activating a web-enabled software key.
           with customized two-inch wooden fur-                             Both the FE80U and FE80XU point-to-point bridges, when at Gigabit Ethernet
           ring strips that were a special customer                       speeds, include the company’s proprietary AdaptRate technolo-
           request, afforded our integrations team                        gy that switches capacity from Gigabit Ethernet to 100 Mbits/
           with the flexibility and room to properly                      sec transmission to provide continuous operation, even dur-
           run cables inside and between racks,                           ing intense downpours.
           and ensure that the equipment could be                          “It’s now possible to extend network capacity to full Gigabit
           properly cooled, maintained, and re-en-                        Ethernet bandwidth without time-consuming and expen-
           gineered after we left the site.”                              sive hardware upgrades,” says Gregg Levin, Bridge-
              The furring strips were secured into                        Wave’s senior vice president and chief marketing officer. BridgeWave’s FE80U and
           notches on the sides of the racks and,                         The bridge technology, Levin adds, “enables enterprise FE80XU point-to-point
           Losquadro says, “this provided the                             users to start out with highly economical 100-Mbits/sec bridges now incorporate
           two-inch gap between each rack in the                          capacity and then upgrade to full Gigabit Ethernet rates software-based technology
           technical core that helped us meet our                         as bandwidth needs grow.”                                      that enables an upgrade
           integration challenges.”                                         Designed as a “future-proof” alternative to traditional from 100-Mbits/sec
             Added Jim Hatcher, Professional Prod-                        100-Mbits/sec, 18 to 38-GHz links, the point-to-point network capacity to full
           ucts CTO, “the ability to use these racks                      bridge technology can provide unlimited frequency re-use Gigabit Ethernet bandwidth
           in the IT portion of the technical core,                       in the 80-GHz licensed spectrum.                               as needs grow.
           which typically uses specialized racks to

            50   ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                                        www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In               Zoom Out         Front Cover          Search Issue          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                 B F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                          A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                            Contents Zoom In    Zoom Out         Front Cover         Search Issue        Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                          B
                                                                                                                                                          F




                                                   Data Center Management
                                                           & Administration
                                                                                                                        WEBCAST
                                                           7
                                                        200
                                                 11, RATION st
                                                                               Many legacy data centers can be held up as cases in point of


                                           JULY E REGIST m/webca
                                                                               how not to manage and administer structured cabling. Whether
                                                                               the environment is a data center’s LAN or its SAN, improper
                                               E
                                               FR             .co
                                                       install OW!
                                                                               administration can have adverse effects ranging from the
                                                  leing
                                             w.cab N UP N
                                                                               inability to trace a circuit, to impeding airflow, to making moves/
                                           ww                                  adds/changes an unnecessarily long process. This webcast,
                                                 SIG                           produced by Cabling Installation & Maintenance, provides a look
                                                                               at the industry standards, best practices, and technological
                                                                               developments that are helping data center managers improve
                                                                               the manner in which they administer their cabling plants.


                                                                               Presentation 1: Importance of proper cable management in the data center,
                                                                               from circuit tracing to airflow impedance, and copper/fiber choices related to
                                                                               management.

                                                                               Presentation 2: Technologies built for management – a technology-
                                                                               focused rather than brand-focused look at some of the products that have
                                                                               been developed specifically for cable management in the data center.

                                                                               Presentation 3: The TIA-606A addendum covering data centers – The 606A
                                                                               standard did not consider data centers, and the 942 standard did not consider
                                                                               administration. The two worlds are getting together in the form of an addendum
                                                                               to 606A.



                                                                               Date: July 11, 2007
                                                                               Time: 1:00 p.m. EDT
                                                                               Moderated by: Patrick McLaughlin,
                                                                               Chief Editor, Cabling Installation & Maintenance


                                                                               Sponsored by:
                               _________
  Photo credit: BigStockPhoto.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                          A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                            Contents Zoom In    Zoom Out         Front Cover         Search Issue        Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                          B
                                                                                                                                                          F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                          A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out         Front Cover         Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                           B F




           Big Green initiative                                         that can reduce cabling costs;                ing system.
           continued from page 49                                     • Virtualize IT infrastructures, such as      “Relief from the energy crisis can’t be
           providing clients the IBM action plan to                     emerging hybrid systems that feature      achieved through incremental improve-
           make their data centers fully utilized and                   special purpose processors designed       ments,” says Bill Zeitler, senior vice pres-
           energy efficient.”                                           to improve performance and reduce         ident of IBM System and Technology
             Specifically, Project Big Green will in-                   energy consumption;                       Group. “Bold ideas and actionable plans
           volve a five-step approach to data center
           energy savings:                                          “Relief from the energy crisis can’t be achieved
             • Evaluate existing facilities with en-
               ergy assessment, virtual 3-D power                   through incremental improvements.”
               management, and thermal analytics—
               including identifying and resolving                    • Seize control with power manage- are needed to deal with this issue.”
               existing/potential heat-related issues                   ment soft ware, such as provision-         Project Big Green includes a new glob-
               that could create outages;                               ing soft ware that can reduce 80% of al “green team” of more than 850 energy-
             • Plan, build or update to an ener-                        power consumption on servers by efficiency architects from across IBM.
               gy-efficient data center, includ-                        putting them on standby mode when          The company also plans to launch a
               ing a free online self-assessment of                     not needed;                              Web-enabled clearinghouse, the Ener-
               data center energy use, the op-                        • Exploit liquid cooling solutions gy Efficiency Incentive Finder, which
               tion of a pre-configured 500 or                          both inside and outside of the data will include details about incentives
               1,000-square-foot data center with                       center, including IBM’s patented and programs that are available from
               energy-efficient technology, and                        “stored cooling” technology designed local utility companies, governments,
               a solution for improving air flow                        to significantly increase the efficiency and other participating agencies around
               under the data center raised floor                       of the data center’s end-to-end cool- the world.

                 Short runs…
                 DURHAM, NH—The University of New Hampshire Interoperability                RICHARDSON, TX—A Web-based printing program for producing
                 Lab (UNH IOL; (www.iol.unh.edu) recently conducted multi-vendor            telecommunications system labels has been unveiled by
                 10GBase-T interoperability for Fulcrum Microsystems, Solarflare             CommScope (www.commscope.com) that enables SYSTIMAX
                 Communications, and Teranetics. Solarflare and Teranetics                   BusinessPartners to create professional product labels for
                 demonstrated their independent 10GBase-T PHY implementation                specific installations. The customized solution replaces the static
                 using different systems at either end of the link. Tests were repeated     templates available on the company’s website, and provides
                 multiple times over a 55-meter, two-connector topology of Category         two ways to create labels. The software supports labeling on a
                 6 cabling to show support for legacy installed cabling. A network          number of SYSTIMAX products, including M2000/M3000 panels,
                 throughput and latency benchmark showed that the link sustained            PATCHMAX PS panels, LE and L faceplates, and VisiPatch/
                 a throughout of 10-Gbits/sec. The tests used two different switch          VisiPatch 360 panels.
                 designs from Fulcrum Microsystems (www.fulcrummicro.com).
                                                       ______________
                                                                                           SACRAMENTO, CA—Low-power semiconductor transceiver
                 Mike Zeile, vice president of marketing at Fulcrum, says, “These
                                                                                           developer KeyEye Communications (www.keyeye.net) and copper
                 two switch reference designs will provide OEM customers with
                                                                                           transceiver manufacturer Methode Electronics (www.methode.com)
                 quick-to-market [Ethernet] platforms that have the assurance of
                                                                                           will jointly develop 10-Gigabit Ethernet copper MSA pluggable
                 interoperability.”
                                                                                           modules compatible with the short-reach, lower-power mode of
                 SALT LAKE CITY, UT—Silex Technologies (www.silexamerica.                  the IEEE 802.3an 10GBase-T standard. The companies say the
                 com) has unveiled Multicast Video Distribution System (MVDS), a
                 __                                                                        modules will help data center managers significantly reduce cost
                 wired/wireless video distribution system designed for the digital         and power consumption resulting from a growing array of
                 sign industry. MVDS’ digital multicast technology and an advanced         10-Gigabit servers and switches.
                 compression algorithm lets it support large numbers of displays
                                                                                            WATERTOWN, CT—Siemon’s (www.siemon.com) EMEA (Europe,
                 at long distances with no image degradation. Designed for airport
                                                                                            Middle East and Africa) manufacturing operations and logistics
                 arrival/departure areas, trade shows, retail advertising, classrooms,
                                                                                            center’s Quality Management System in Brno, Czech Republic,
                 and emergency information displays, the MVDS technology can
                                                                                            has been certified ISO9001:2000. The Brno facility will serve as
                 connect using industry-standard Ethernet cabling and hardware, or
                                                                                            Siemon’s pan-EMEA logistics hub, housing stock and acting as the
                 via 802.11a wireless networking. Silex says its technology eliminates
                                                                                            key distribution center for the company’s markets. In addition, the
                 the need to use more expensive analog splitters and repeaters.
                                                                                            facility houses IT cabling component manufacturing operations.


            52   ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                                   www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                          A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out         Front Cover         Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                           B F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                               A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In              Zoom Out          Front Cover          Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                               B   F




           Cat 6A solution undergoes 10-GbE traffic test
           E    thernet Load Modules from perfor- livery and measure the performance of
                mance test systems developer Ixia         these application-aware devices with tra-
           (www.ixia.com) were used at a demon- ditional test gear. To test these intelligent
                                                                                                                 cabling system delivered to an end user.”
                                                                                                                     Configurations were pre-configured,
                                                                                                                 hot-staged, and pre-tested at the Ixia lab
           stration at Interop this spring to per- network devices effectively, real applica- in Calabasas, CA, and included two four-
           form “real” data plane traffic                                                                                  connector NetClear GTX chan-
           generation and analysis of the            15-meter, four-connector channel configuration                         nel configurations consisting of
           Berk-Tek (www.berktek.com)                                                                                      one 15-meter and one 100-meter
           and Ortronics/Legrand (www.  ____                                                                               channel running live 10GBase-T
           _________ NetClear GTX
           ortronics.com)                                                         B                                        traffic. NetClear GTX cabling
                                                                   A
           Augmented Category 6 UTP                                                                                        components consisted of the
                                                                                                                       C
           channel solution. Analysis                                                                                      LANmark-10G Category 6A
                                                         E                        D
           results showed frame rates                                                                                      cable from Berk-Tek and the
                                                                                               Source: Berk-Tek/Ortronics
           and characterized data packets                                                                                  Clarity 10G patch panel, patch
           being sent.                                   The NetClear/Ixia test included two four-con-
                                                                                                                 cords, and TracJack workstation mod-
             “Today’s network components are in- nector NetClear GTX channel configurations                       ules from Ortronics/Legrand.
           creasingly aware of packet sequences that consisting of one 15-meter channel (shown)                      In addition to the Interop demonstra-
           now require cabling systems combined and one 100-meter channel running live                           tion, the Data Communications Com-
           with more sophisticated active equip- 10GBase-T traffic.                                               petence Center for Nexans, located
           ment, higher up in the protocol stack,                                                                in Berk-Tek’s New Holland, PA facility,
           which is critical for efficiently qualifying   tion traffic needs to be created.”                     is using two 10GBase-T load module
           10GBase-T,” says Nelson Nurga, princi-           The Interop demonstration, says Todd                 boards for ongoing further analytics of
           pal technologist with Ixia. “As a result, it   Harpel, director of marketing for Berk- physical layer component capabilities
           has become increasingly difficult to test      Tek, measured “the real-life impact of net- resulting from increased network speeds
           effectively for end-to-end network de- work degradation on the qualify of the                         and bandwidth.

                Short runs…
                OAKBROOK TERRACE, IL—A recent Web poll of more than 1,100                 signals. According to Actiontec, the MegaPlug technology enables
                technology professionals, conducted by the Computing Technology           throughput speeds that are more than twice that of previous
                Industry Association (CompTIA; __________ finds that
                                                   www.comptia.org),                      generation HomePlug technology solutions, at least double that of
                security technologies and solutions will have the greatest impact on      802.11g wireless connectivity, and approaching Ethernet cabling
                organizations in 2007. A year ago, security ranked second in the          levels.
                CompTIA poll. Wireless data applications finished second in this
                                                                                          CORNING, NY—A $300 million facility expansion is planned for
                year’s poll, followed by convergence solutions such as VoIP. “The
                                                                                          Corning Inc.’s (www.corning.com) Sullivan Park Research and
                                                                                                          __________
                proliferation of devices that are now connected to networks, and the
                                                                                          Development campus. “We have set some aggressive goals for
                increasing mobility of customers and workers, have pushed security
                                                                                          accelerated innovation, including an anticipated doubling of new
                to top-of-mind for everyone, from the technician monitoring the
                                                                                          business-generating technologies per decade,” says Joseph Miller,
                network to the business owners and operators whose livelihood can
                                                                                          executive vice president and CTO, in announcing the expansion.
                be at risk in the event of a security catastrophe,” says John Venator,
                                                                                         “Ensuring that we have modern, flexible laboratory space conducive
                CompTIA president and CEO.
                                                                                          to the development of a healthy pipeline of innovative technologies
                SUNNYVALE, CA—A powerline networking technology, MegaPlug                 across diverse fields is critical to our success.”
                AV 200 Mbps Ethernet Adapter Kit, is based on the HomePlug AV
                                                                                          BRICK, NJ—North American Video (www.navcctv.com) has been
                standard for distributing large entertainment and data files around
                                                                                          awarded a $100,000 security installation contract from the Prince
                the home without the need of Ethernet cabling. Developer Actiontec
                                                                                          George’s County Public Schools in Maryland. The agreement
                Electronics (www.actiontec.com) says the adapters can be used to
                                                                                          includes design and implementation of a state-of-the-art video
                connect computers, set-top boxes and other devices for high-speed
                                                                                          surveillance system for the state’s second largest school system
                multimedia file transfer over existing home electrical wiring. The
                                                                                          and its 134,000 students. North American Video designs, installs,
                technology features two Ethernet adapters that can be used to build
                                                                                          and offers training for security systems for applications ranging from
                a new home network or to extend an existing network to areas of
                                                                                          banking to retail.
                the home that are difficult to reach via Ethernet cabling or wireless


            www.cable-install.com                                                                         Cabling Installation & Maintenance   ■   July 2007   ■       53




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                               A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                Contents Zoom In              Zoom Out          Front Cover          Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                               B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                     A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out        Front Cover        Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                                       Next Page EMaGS F




   New Products                                        Compiled by Steve Smith


            Indoor/outdoor fiber hubs                                                                             capacity. The cabinet is built to accept
           The OmniReach Indoor Fiber Distribu-                                                                  cables through openings located on the
           tion Hub FDH 3000i is designed to orga-                                                               top and bottom, while T-shaped cable
           nize and administer fiber-optic cables and                                                            guides and cable management spools
           passive optical splitters for such installa-                                                          align with each RMU, dividing and
           tions as multi-dwelling units. Providing                  ty against defects from manufacturing       organizing cables as they enter and exit
           a cross-connect and interconnect inter-                   and workmanship, the LSZH cables can        the rack-mount space.
           face for optical transmission signals at the              be custom ordered to length and for spe-                      CHATSWORTH PRODUCTS
                                                                     cific installation requirements.                                  www.chatsworth.com
                                                                                                CABLES TO GO
                                                                                          www.cablestogo.com     Enterprise access point
                                                                                                                MAP-625 enterprise-class wireless ac-
                                                                    Passive cooling cabinet                     cess points provide a centrally managed
                                                                    N-Series TeraFrame network cabinets WLAN solution that enable migration
                                                                    are engineered to solve thermal prob- from legacy standards to 802.11n with-
           MDU, the 3000i features a front-facing                   lems, such as network switches with side- out upgrades, architectural changes, or
           cross-connect configuration designed for                 to-side airflow located in a hot aisle/cold additional peripheral equipment. Fea-
           fiber management and able to accommo-                    aisle layout that run the risk of re-con- turing dual radios, the MAP-625 is
           date a range of fiber counts as well as sup-             suming hot exhaust air, causing elevated designed to provide 802.11n clients with
           porting factory-installed pigtails, fanouts              equipment intake temperatures that lead
           and splitters. These cabinets can be wall-               to failure. The company’s CPI Passive
           rack-, or floor-mounted.                                 Cooling solutions technology manages
             Providing a connection between fiber-                  high-density switches while maximiz-
           optic cables and passive optical splitters
                                 in the outside plant,
                                 the OmniReach FDH
                                 3000S fiber distribu-
                                 tion hub can be
                                 mounted to support                                                              more than four times the performance
                                 aerial, direct-buried,                                                          of typical WLANs while simultaneously
                                 and underground ap-                                                             supporting legacy 802.11a/b/g devices at
                                 plications. The hub                                                             their full speeds.
                                 connects feeder and                                                                                  COLUBRIS NETWORKS
                                 distribution cables via                                                                                  www.colubris.com
           optical splitters in FTTx networks, and is
           especially suited for rural and brownfield                                                            Compact OSP enclosure
           deployments.                                                                                          Designed for high-density telecommu-
                                                             ADC                                                 nications equipment, such as 3G UMTS
                                                    www.adc.com                                                  equipment and batteries, the 50B Com-
                                                                                                                 pact Enclosure for outside plant mea-
            LSZH patch cables                                                                                    sures 15 inches wide by 25 inches tall and
           Duplex 62.5/125-µm and 50/125-µm
           multimode LSZH (low-smoke zero-hal-
           ogen) fiber-optic patch cables are now                   ing the data center’s energy efficiency.
           available in more than 60 standard con-                  Available in 10 heights and 11 depths, the
           figurations. These cables are designed for               N-Series cabinets can manage 48 Catego-
           harsh environments, particularly where                   ry 6A UTP cables per RMU (rack-mount
           space is at a premium, such as high-end                  units), and are designed to simplify
           server rooms, aircraft , and ships/sub-                  installation and maintenance while pro-
           marines. Covered by a lifetime warran-                   viding maximum cable management

            54    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                            www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                     A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In           Zoom Out        Front Cover        Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                                       Next Page EMaGS F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                   A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                            Contents Zoom In          Zoom Out        Front Cover        Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                   B   F




                                                                                                                    New Products
           33 inches deep, with 6U of 19-inch rack                                                    23-gauge solid copper and a precision
           space. The enclosure can mount to pad,                                                     100-Ω dielectric. Featuring a double-
           pole or wall, and features hinged, tam-                                                    jacket design, the cable’s inner jacket is
           per-proof doors that can lift off for easier                                               designed to maintain critical spacing of
           mounting. Other features include gray or                                                   the twisted-pair elements, while the outer
           beige powder-coat paint finish, integrated                                                 TPE jacket offers additional strength,
           back-up battery module, and alarms to mover; HT-300 three-speed under-floor                durability, diameter, and abrasion resis-
           detect high temperature and intrusion. air mover; HT-500 thermostatically
           Sealed for maximum protection, the controlled under-floor air mover; and
           50B Compact Enclosure is designed for HT-700 thermostatically controlled over-
           GR-487, Zone 4 compliance.                   head air mover.
                                           COMMSCOPE                             DEGREE CONTROLS
                                    www.commscope.com               www.fi xmydatacentercooling.com    tance. The minimized pair skew (or delay)
                                                                                                      allows for red, green, and blue video com-
            Hot spot zapper                              Heavy-duty AV cable                          ponents to remain in sync for optimal
           HotSpotr, billed as an easy-to-install        Designed for transmission of component       picture quality and video distribution.
           system for cooling data center hot spots,     analog video in a twisted-pair format                              GEPCO INTERNATIONAL
           supplies cool air to hot racks and then ex-   without hardware delay compensation,                                          www.gepco.com
           hausts the hot air directly to the CRAC       the LSK04HD heavy-duty, ultra-low skew
           (computer room air conditioner). Each         UTP cable provides a consistent pair lay     Two-in-one blower
           unit is designed to eliminate hot spots       with a maximum time-delay differential       The Fibreflow Fusion blower can blow
           in up to three racks. Models include:         of 2 ns (per 100 m) between any two pairs.   fiber counts of 1 to 96 (typically requires
           HT-100 always-on under-f loor air             Each pair in the cable is constructed from   two machines to cover this range). It ➤



                                      If Higher Ed Is Your Market,
                                      ACUTA Has Events for You!
                            Reach decision makers responsible for voice, data and video services
                                    on campuses from coast to coast at ACUTA events.


          July 29–Aug. 2, 2007  October 14–17, 2007                                 January 27–30, 2008                    April 6–9, 2008
         36th Annual Conference     Fall Seminars                                     Winter Seminars                      Spring Seminars
               & Exhibition       Minneapolis, MN                                       Anaheim, CA                         St. Louis, MO
              Hollywood, FL




                  Contact ACUTA to Connect with Higher Ed!
                                                            Amy Burton, Mgr. Corporate Relations/Marketing 859/278-3338
                                                            www.acuta.org/ex-spon


            www.cable-install.com                                                             Cabling Installation & Maintenance   ■   July 2007   ■   55




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                   A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                            Contents Zoom In          Zoom Out        Front Cover        Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                   B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out         Front Cover     Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                       B  F




     Product Focus: fiber-optic polishing equipment
           Portable polisher for field termination                                                          Long-life polishing fixture, film
            The Rev system for processing fiber-               dards. According to the company,            Built for long life and designed for use with ST,
            optic connectors features a patented               newly terminated connectors can be          SC, and FC connectors with 2.5-mm ferrules,
            connector holding mechanism that                   polished to singlemode geometries           the Model 45-342 polishing fixture features a
            is optically aligned and calibrated                in less than two minutes. Damaged           precision-manufactured center hole diameter
                                                               connectors on cabling, patch cords,         to assure the ferrule is kept perpendicular to
                                                               OTDR launch boxes, and test equip-          the polishing surface. In addition, a grooved
                                                               ment interfaces can be recovered            face is designed to enhance polishing effi -
                                                               and retro-polished to their original                       ciency and optimal connector
                                                               specifications. Lightweight and por-                               performance. The compa-
                                                               table, powered by either a 9-volt bat-                                ny has also introduced
                                                               tery or AC adapter, the Rev is built                                    a line of aluminum ox-
                                                               for inclusion in field termination kits.                                ide polishing films for
                                                               Interchangeable workholder fixtures                                     ceramic, stainless
                                                               support all industry-standard UPS/                                      steel, plastic and
                                                               APC connectors, MIL-SPEC termini,                                      composite ferrules.
                                                               and custom components. As an                                         A single sheet typically
                                                               alternative to mechanical cleaving                               yields a range of 10 to 20
                                                               devices, Rev can also polish bare           connectors when used in the recommended
                                                               fibers to superior flatness and sur-        three-step process of 0.5-µm, 3-µm, and
                                                               face finish in preparation for fusion-      12-µm films. Films are available in quantities
                                                               splicing activities.                        of 20 per sleeve in 3 x 6-inch sizes.
            to achieve maximum performance                     KRELL TECHNOLOGIES                          IDEAL INDUSTRIES
            and compliance with Telcordia stan-                www.krelltech.com                           www.idealindustries.com



            is fitted with a radial force-setting                                                                Gell-free loose tube
            device, a blocking device, and an elec-                                                   The NanoCore line of gell-free, loose tube
            tronic speed and distance counter. In-                                                    optical-fiber cables includes a 12 to 24
                                                                                                      fiber-optic strand zip
                                                                                                      cord, a single-jacket
                                                                                                      construction built to
                                                                                                      accommodate from
                                                                                                      2 to 12 strands, and
                                                                                                      a dual-jacket con-
                                                                                                      struction that can ac-
                                                                                                      commodate up to 72
                                                                                                      strands. (Where more
                                                                                                      than 12 strands are
                                                        properties, is a key element of the com- present, they are sep-
           cluded with the blower are control and pany’s new fiber-optic cleaning kit. Also arated by a colored
           air treatment, set of air hoses, tools, included are a cleaning card and cleaning binder into 12-strand
           lubricating oil, and spare parts.            cube, both of which are designed to pro- bundles.) Designed to
                                          EMTELLE US    vide cleaning and wiping surfaces that work with MT, MTP/
                                      www.emtelle.com   are safe to fiber end faces. In addition, the MPO, and other small-form-function
                                                        kit includes two sizes of swabs for clean- connectors, NanoCore cables offer high-
           Fiber cleaner                                ing inside fiber ports.                       er fiber strand counts in smaller diameter
           A fiber-optic solvent, which uses a plastic-                             FLUKE NETWORKS    cables, and can be installed in most ple-
           safe solver designed for superior cleaning                         www.flukenetworks.com    num environments. Available construc-

            56    ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                             www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out         Front Cover     Search Issue         Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                       B  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                            Contents Zoom In        Zoom Out       Front Cover        Search Issue          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                       B    F




                                                                                                                 New Products
           tions include 8.3-µm singlemode and                                                   imal depth in front of the panel. The
           62.5/50-µm multimode, including fiber                                                 recess depth (3-inches from installation
           for 10-Gigabit Ethernet applications.                                                 point) provides room for proper patch
                           HITACHI CABLE MANCHESTER                                              cord bend radius. Built for standard
                                  www.hcm.hitachi.com                                            19-inch racks and cabinets, the recessed
                                                      L-Plug with snagless boot is available for panels are offered in the company’s Uni-
           Fiber-optic fueled camera                  RJ-45 Category 5e, and soon to be avail- versal and QuickPort styles, in 1RU
           Built-in 10-bit digital fiber-optic trans- able for Category 6. It has a cable rating 2-port, 2RU 48-port, and 2RU 72-port
           ceivers are now available with the Super- of up to 350 MHz, and features gold con- configurations.
           Dome series of indoor/outdoor analog tacts with UL 94V-0.                                                    LEVITON VOICE & DATA
           PTZ dome cameras. The fiber interface                           WESTEK ELECTRONICS                       www.levitonvoicedata.com
           is designed to provide exceptional light-                            www.westek.com
           ening immunity for outdoor security                                                   Power over Ethernet midspan
                                                                                                 A one-port, gigabit Power over Eth-
                                                      Recessed patch panels                      ernet (PoE) midspan (PD-7001G)
                                                      These recessed patch panels provide                                 is built to main-
                                                      expanded options for applications where                             tain existing PoE
                                                      the back rail is positioned close to the                            standard param-
                                                      rear doors, or in applications with min-                            eters with dou-
                                                                                                                          ble the power,
                                                                                                                          supporting a min-
                                                                                                                          imum of 30 watts
           installations, and exceptional resistance                                             at the port output. This unit is suitable
           to electrical interference for industrial/                                            for such applications as security cam-
           harsh environment interior installations.                                             era installations, gigabit video phones,
           The V1700M multimode version offers a                                                 WiMAX transmitters, or 802.11n
           transmission distance of up to 2.7 miles,                                             access points. The PD-7001G is designed
           while the V1700S singlemode version                                                   to generate safe power over Category 5
           offers a transmission distance of up to                                               cabling, providing maximum power by
           18.6 miles. (Singlemode versions sup-                                                 using a 55-volt output. The unit includes ➤
           porting longer distances are available.)
           These cameras offer 480 TVL, high-res-
           olution, DSP imaging in color, with 18x
           and 22x, day/night operation with 23x,        bulletin boards
           and image stabilized 26x and 35x optical
           zoom. The fiber-optic transceiver sup-
           ports switch-selectable interfaces, such                                                             10Gig Testing
           as Manchester/Biphase, RS-422, and                                                                     White Paper
           RS-485 (two- and four-wire).
                                            INFINOVA                                                                            Learn about the testing
                                                                                                                                challenges for 10Gig
                                    www.infinova.com                                                                             Ethernet over copper
                                                                                                                                cabling and see how new
                                                                                                                                installation and testing
            Snag-free plug                                                                                                      guidelines help combat
           The patented Snagless L-plug has been                                                                                Alien Crosstalk.

           engineered to protect the modular jack                                                                               Download our white
                                                                                                                                paper today at
           lever from snagging surrounding cables
                                                                                                                                www.flukenetworks.com/10Gig
           or equipment, rendering the connector
           unbreakable. It is designed to stay tightly
           and securely in port and, according to
           the company, is as easy to lock and un-                           _________
                                                                                                       NETWORKSUPERVISION
                                                                                                                                     ©2006. Fluke Corporation.
           lock as a traditional L-plug. Snagless

            www.cable-install.com                                                          Cabling Installation & Maintenance   ■   July 2007          ■   57




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                       A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                            Contents Zoom In        Zoom Out       Front Cover        Search Issue          Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                       B    F
C Previous Page Contents Zoom In
                                                                                                                                                         A

7
Installation    Maintenance
                                                                                    Zoom Out        Front Cover         Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                                           Next Page EMaGS F




   New Products
               an interlocking feature that lets you scale            feet when used with a passive balun            Curved patch panels
               deployments by linking multiple one-                   at the receiver (up to 6,000 feet when used    Clarity curved patch panels for the com-
               port midspan units as new devices are                  with an active balun). It consumes less        pany’s Clarity 6 and 5E connectivity tech-
               added to the network, and an internal                  than 0.7 watts, deriving power from the        nology feature a patent-pending recessed
               AC/DC converter.                                       CCTV camera.                                   design that helps direct patch cords to
                                                  MICROSEMI CORP.                                        MUXLAB      vertical rack or cabinet management, and
                                               www.microsemi.com                                www.muxlab.com


               CCTV balun                                             IP video software
               The Active CCTV Transmitter Balun pro- XProtect Corporate IP video soft ware is
               vides enhanced video performance for a designed for large, multi-site and mul-
               single CCTV video channel via Category 5 tiple server installations requiring 24/7
               UTP cable. When installed inside a dome surveillance. The distributed server                          serves as an alternative for installations
                                                        architecture allows unlimited recording                      with limited rack space for horizontal
                                                        and arching of video, while client access                    management. Available in 24-port (1U)
                                                        provides live view, playback, and video                      and 48-port (2U) configurations, these
                                                        evidence export with smart search and                        ETL-tested patch panels are verified to
                                                        analysis. The soft ware supports a wide                      TIA Category 6 and 5e component spec-
                                                        range of network cameras and encoders,                       ifications, include rear cable management
                                                        while the open platform includes appli-                      and full labeling capabilities, and fea-
                                                        cation program interfaces (API) for inte-                    ture universal 568-A/B wiring as well as
               camera or camera back box, the balun gration with third-party systems.                                110 termination practices.
               features manual gain compensation to                            MILESTONE SYSTEMS                                           ORTRONICS/LEGRAND
               support distances from 500 to 3,000                           www.milestonesys.com                                            www.ortronics.com




                              • UPC/APC/MIL
                                                                    Rev         ™
                                                                                                      Extend T1/E1 over:
                                Connectors                          Micro Polisher
                              • Telcordia Compliant
                              • Ideal for Field Kits,                                                     Ethernet
hot products




                                Cable Repair                                                                IP/Ethernet

                              • AC/Battery
                                Operation
                                                                                                                      Fiber
                                                                                                                    Miles of Fiber


                                                                                                                                       Wire
                                                                                                                                Up to Several Miles
                                                                                                                                  of 2-pair Wire


                                                                                                                                www.textender.com
                                                                                                                                800-432-2638
                              krell technologies                                                                                Data Comm for Business, Inc.
                              www.krelltech.com                 ■   732-617-7091

               58   ■   July 2007   ■   Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                              www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                         A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                        Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out        Front Cover         Search Issue                     B
                                                                                                                                           Next Page EMaGS F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                           A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                 Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out      Front Cover               Search Issue        Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                           B   F




                                                                                   hot products

                 Now you have a cost effective
                 new compression tool for use
                 with a wide variety of
                 connectors including most
                 59, 6, 7 and 11 “F”
                 connectors and many RCA
                 and IEC connectors.
                 Compact and sturdy, the
                 CT2 has spring-loaded
                 handles with a push
                 button lock and is
                 designed for easy use
                 in tight spaces. No
                 special adjustments,
                 no adapters… just
                 reliable performance
                 day after day.
                 For more info visit
                 www.ripley-tools.com
                 or call 860-635-2200 today.

                 Visit Booth #1435 at the
                 SCTE Cable-Tec Expo
                                                                                                                                  _____________
                                     46 Nooks Hill Road, Cromwell, CT 06416 USA



                       the
                   Industry’s                                                                       Centralized Management
                          Channel                                                            PowerDsine
                                                                                                         Cost Effective Solutions
                                                                                                                         Fully IEEE 802.3af Standard
                                                                                                                         Compliant
                                                                                              3006 POE
                                                                                                                         Easy plug-and-play installation
                                                                                                                         Automatic detection and protection
                                                  Connecting                                                             of non-standard Ethernet terminals
                                                                                                                         Saves time and reduces installation
                                                  the organizations                                                      costs

                                                  that develop                             Part#: 33-POE-PD3006
                                                                                                                         Powers all major wireless LAN
                                                                                                                         access points and IP phones

                                                  cabling technology                                                     Scalable solution 6/12-port product


                                                  and those that                             Z Dualband
                                                                                              Antenna
                                                                                                                         Material: UL 94-V0 PC/ABS
                                                                                                                         Size: 1.75” high Cable: 16” Plenum
                                                  use it.                                                                Rated RG-58/U PL
                                                                                                                         Connector Options: RPTNC(Male)
                                                                                                                         or RPSMA(Male)
                                                                                                                         Mounting Method: Through hole
                                                                                                                         15/16 dia (0.94) 78-14 UNF Plastic
                                                                                                                         Hex Nut
                                                                                        Part#: 34-ZDUAL-KIT-RPTNCM       Gain: 2.4GHz—4dBi (802.11b/g)
                                                                                        Part#: 34-ZDUAL-KIT-RPSMAM
                                                                                                                         Gain: 4.9-5.8GHz—4dBi ((802.11a)



                    www.cable-install.com
                                                                                                     Visit www.oberonwireless.com
                                                                                                     Call 1-877-867-2312 for details.

            www.cable-install.com                                                                     Cabling Installation & Maintenance   ■   July 2007   ■   59




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                           A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                 Contents Zoom In            Zoom Out      Front Cover               Search Issue        Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                           B   F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                         Contents Zoom In                        Zoom Out                Front Cover           Search Issue               Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                                             B  F




                                       INDEX OF ADVERTISERS
            COMPANY                                     PAGE          PHONE                 WEB

            Acuta                                       55            859-278-3338          www.acuta.org/home.cfm
                                                                                                                                        Chief Editor / Patrick McLaughlin
                                                                                                                                       Senior Vice President/Group Publishing Director
                                                                                                                                        (603) 891-9222 • patrick@pennwell.com
            ADC                                         insert                              www.adc.com                                Mark Finkelstein
                                                                                                                                       Tel: (603) 891-9133; fax: (603) 891-9297
                                                                                                                                        Executive Editor / Steve Smith
            Agilent Technologies                        5             800-829-4444          www.agilent.com/find/wirescope              mark@pennwell.com
                                                                                                                                        (603) 891-9139 • stevesm@pennwell.com
                                                                      ext 5465
                                                                                                                                       Associate Publisher/National Sales Manager
                                                                                                                                        Senior Editor / Matt Vincent
            Belden/CDT                                  C3            800-BELDEN-1          www.belden.com                             Ed Murphy
                                                                                                                                        (603) 891-9262 • mattv@pennwell.com
                                                                                                                                       PennWell Corp./ATD
            CableManagement Solutions Inc.              4             800-308-6788          www.snaketray.com                          98 Spit Brook Road
                                                                                                                                        Circulation Manager / Michelle Blake
                                                                                                                                       Nashua, NH 03062-5737
                                                                                                                                        (603) 891-9360 • michellb@pennwell.com
            Cables To Go                                26            800-361-0471          www.quiktron.com                           Tel: (603) 891-9260; fax: (603) 891-9245
                                                                                                                                       edm@pennwell.com Mylchreest
                                                                                                                                       Art Director / Kelli
            Cablofil Inc.                                39                                  www.cablofil.com
                                                                                                                                       Online Sales Manager Hipp
                                                                                                                                        Lead Illustrator / Chris
            Corning Cable Systems                       C2            800-743-2671          www.corning.com/cablesystems               Shaun Shen
                                                                                                                                       Tel: (916) 419-1481
                                                                                                                                        Senior Vice President/Group Publishing Director
            Daimler Chrysler Vans                       12-13         800-4ADODGE           www.dodge.com/sprinter                     sshen@pennwell.com
                                                                                                                                        Mark Finkelstein
                                                                                                                                        (603) 891-9133 • mark@pennwell.com
            Datacom for Business                        58            800-432-2638          www.textender.com                          Reprint Sales
                                                                                                                                       Diane Troyer
                                                                                                                                        Associate Publisher/National Sales Manager
            Diamond Ground Products                     59            805-493-3837          www.diamondground.com                      Tel: Murphy
                                                                                                                                        Ed (603) 891-9385; fax: (603) 891-9245
                                                                                                                                       dianet@pennwell.com
                                                                                                                                        (603) 891-9260 • edm@pennwell.com
            Dymo Corporation                            27                                  www.rhinolabeling.com
                                                                                                                                       List Rental / Bob Dromgoole
            Fluke Inc.                                  1                                   www.flukenetworks.com/seehow                (603) 891-9128 • bobd@pennwell.com
                                                                                                                                        CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE
                                                                                                                                        EXECUTIVE AND EDITORIAL OFFICES
            Fluke Inc.                                  48                                  www.flukenetworks.com/                      INTERNATIONAL SALES
                                                                                                                                        PennWell ATD
                                                                                            SeeMicroSCanner2                           Australia/New Zealand / Glenn Clarke
                                                                                                                                        98 Spit Brook Road
                                                                                                                                       Fax: +61 NH 03062-5737
                                                                                                                                        Nashua, 3 9 568 4955
            Fluke Inc.                                  57                                  www.flukenetworks.com/10Gig                 glennclarke@build.com.au
                                                                                                                                       Tel: (603) 891-0123, fax: (603) 891-9245
                                                                                                                                        Internet: www.cable-install.com
            General Cable Company                       31            800-424-5666          www.generalcable.com                       France, the Netherlands, Belgium, Andora, Greece,
                                                                                                                                       Spain, Portugal, Western Switzerland / Luis Matutano
            Hellermann Tyton                            36            800-822-4352          www.hellerman.tyton.com                    Tel: +33 1 39 66 16INQUIRIES: 1 39 23 84 18
                                                                                                                                        SUBSCRIPTION 87; fax: +33
                                                                                                                                       luism@pennwell.com change your format to print or digital,
                                                                                                                                        For subscriptions or to
            Hyperline Systems Canada                    35            866-63-hyper          www.hyperlinesystems.com                    please go to: www.cim-subscribe.com. Subscriptions outside
                                                                                                                                       Austria, Eastern Europe,
                                                                                                                                        the USA are available in digital format only.
                                                                                                                                       Germany, Northern Switzerland / Holger Gerisch
            Krell Technologies                          58            732-617-7091          www.krelltech.com                          Tel: +49 8801-302430; fax: +49 8801 913220
                                                                                                                                       holgerg@pennwell.com
            Leviton Telcom                              41            800-922-6229          www.levitonvoicedata.com
                                                                                                                                       India / Rajan Sharma
            Live Wire & Cable                           57            888-897-6008          www.live w-c.com                           Tel: +91 11 686 1113; fax: +91 11 686 1112
                                                                                                                                       rajan@interadsindia.com
            Micro Plastics                              20                                  www.microplastics.com                      CORPORATE OFFICERS
                                                                                                                                       Israel / Dan Aronovic
                                                                                                                                       Tel: +972 9 899 5813 Lauinger
                                                                                                                                        Chairman / Frank T.
            Mohawk                                      14            800-422-9961          www.mohawk-cable.com
                                                                                                                                       aronovic@actcom.co.il
                                                                                                                                        President and Chief Executive Officer / Robert F. Biolchini
            Oberon Inc.                                 59            814-867-2312          www.oberonwireless.com                     Italy / Vittorio Rossi Prudente
                                                                                                                                       Tel: +39 0 49 87 Officer fax: +39 0Wilmoth 98
                                                                                                                                        Chief Financial 87 584; / Mark C. 49 66 04
            OFS Optics (Optical Fiber Division)         11                                  www.ofsoptics.com/fiber                     prudente@aviationweek.com
                                                                                                                                        ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY DIVISION
                                                                                                                                       Russia / Anton Antoniuk
            Optical Cable Corp.                         2             540-265-0690          www.occifiber.com
                                                                                                                                       Tel: +7 095 234 5678; fax: +7 095 234 5665
                                                                                                                                        Senior Executive Assistant
            Ortronics Inc.                              24            800-934-5432          www.ortronics.com                          anton@ccc.ru
                                                                                                                                        Carol Woodward
                                                                                                                                       U.K.(603) 891-9112, fax: (603) 891-9287
                                                                                                                                       Tel: & Scandinavia / Amanda Loftus
            Paladin Tools                               38            800-272-8665          www.paladin-tools.com                      carolw@pennwell.com
                                                                                                                                       Tel: +44 0 1793 862111; fax: +44 0 1793 862110
                                                                                                                                       amandal@pennwell.com
            Panduit Corp.                               10            800-777-3300          www.panduit.com/p922                        VP Audience Development / Gloria S. Adams
                                                                                                                                       Asia Sales Manager / Adonis Mak
            Panduit Corp.                               C4            800-777-3300          www.panduit.com/net23                      Tel: +852 2 838 6298; fax: +852 2 838 2766
                                                                                                                                        ATD PUBLISHING SERVICES DEPARTMENTS
                                                                                                                                       adonism@actintl.com.hk
            Pulizzi Engineering Inc.                    21            977-pulizzi           www.pulizzi.com                             Art Director / Meg Fuschetti
                                                                                                                                       Japan / Manami Konishi
                                                                                                                                       Tel: +81 3 5771 8886; fax: +81 3 5771 8887
            Ripley Tools                                59            860-635-2200          www.ripley-tools.com                       manami.konishi@ex-press.jp Rodriguez
                                                                                                                                        Production Director / Mari
                                                                                                                                        (603) 891-9193 • marir@pennwell.com
            Siemon Company                              33                                  www.siemon.com                             Korea / Paek Kwon
                                                                                                                                       Tel: +82 2 420 1293 or 1213; Manager2/ 420 1294
                                                                                                                                        Marketing Communication fax: +82 Kristen Jones
           Test-Um/JDSU                                 7, 45         805-383-1500          www.test-um.com                            pkwon@kescor.co.kr
                                                                                                                                        (603) 891-9425 • kristenj@pennwell.com
                                                                                                                                       Singapore,Manager / Indonesia, Thailand
                                                                                                                                        Ad Traffic Malaysia, Lacy Ward
           Transition Networks                          17            800-526-9267          www.transition.com
                                                                                                                                       Grace 832-9268 • lward@pennwell.com
                                                                                                                                        (918) Leung
                                                                                                                                       Tel: +65 6 836 2272; fax: +65 6 735 9653
           Tyco Electronics                             28                                  www.tycoelectronics.com
                                                                                                                                       gleung@publicitas.com
           Tyco Electronics Corp.                       19            800-553-0938          www.ampnetconnecy.com                      Taiwan / Anita Chen
                                                                                                                                       Tel: +886 IN8751 USA fax: +886 2 8751 8861 NO. 126813153
                                                                                                                                        PRINTED 2 THE 5162;                     GST
            Uniprise                                    8                                   up.commscope.com/designguide               anita_chen@globalitmedia.com
                                                                                                                                               Publications Mail Agreement Number 40052420

           The index of Advertiser’s is published as a service. The publisher does not assume any liability for errors or omissions.

            60 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance                                                                                                      www.cable-install.com




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                                                             A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                         Contents Zoom In                        Zoom Out                Front Cover           Search Issue               Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                                                             B  F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                              Contents Zoom In         Zoom Out          Front Cover                    Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                                       Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                               F




                            Get Peace of Mind with
                            Belden Fiber Solutions
                                       ®




                            The Fast, Easy,       Belden has been involved in the develop-        Belden developed the FiberExpress
                            Affordable            ment of optical fiber components since          Solution to assure the smooth operation
                            and Reliable          1972—evolving to its present status as an       of your network and to provide for
                            Way to Fiber          international supplier of high quality, cost-   efficient network management—while
                                                  effective optical fiber cabling systems.        continually reducing your total cost of
                                                                                                  ownership and preparing your
                                                  The Belden FiberExpress® Solution is the        system for the future.
                                                  culmination of the company’s experience
                                                  in the optical fiber arena, offering users      For more information
                                                  a complete, high-performance, end-to-           on fiber solutions from
                                                  end cabling system that supports both           Belden call 1.800.BELDEN.1
                                                  centralized and fiber-to-the-desk (FTTD)
                                                  topologies, as well as in-building or           www.belden.com
                                                  campus backbone cabling configurations.

                                                  The Belden FiberExpress Solution is,
                                                  however, much more than an assemblage
                                                  of top-performing products. It represents
                                                  a whole new approach to the methodology
                                                  of optical fiber cabling, i.e., FiberExpress
                                                  systems are unique in their ability to offer
                                                  both superior performance and a more
                                                  cost effective, faster and less complex
                                                  installation process than traditional
                                                  optical fiber cabling systems.




                                                                                                  © 2007, Belden Inc.




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                              A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                              Contents Zoom In         Zoom Out          Front Cover                    Search Issue          B
                                                                                                                                       Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                               F
C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                          A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In                     Zoom Out               Front Cover     Search Issue            B
                                                                                                                                                 Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                               F




           PANDUIT ® QUICKNET ™ Cabling
           Systems deliver optimum
           performance and speed of deployment
           for scalable, high-density applications.
           QUICKNET ™ Cable Assemblies and Modular Cassettes are
           pre-terminated and pre-tested to deliver consistent,
           reliable performance resulting in significantly less installation
           time than traditional field terminations. These end-to-end
           cabling systems improve flexibility, minimize waste and
           optimize cable management in up to 48 ports per rack space.
           QUICKNET ™ Copper Cabling System:
               ■   Pre-terminated cable assemblies are customized for                                                     PANDUIT is a Global Leader
                   Category 6 and Category 6A performance levels, cable                                                   Providing Innovative End-To-End
                   flame rating, end configurations and lengths from 10 to 295 feet                                       Network Connectivity Solutions
               ■   Modular patch panels include a high-density angled version that                                        that Enable the Deployment
                   quadruples rack density when used with vertical cable managers                                         of Technology.
           QUICKNET ™ Fiber Optic Cabling System:                                                                         ■   Copper Cabling Systems
               ■   Pre-terminated cassettes for singlemode, multimode, and                                                ■   Fiber Cabling Systems
                   10 Gb/s systems deliver verified low loss, allowing for greater
                   network design flexibility and longer reach network segments                                           ■   Outlets
               ■   Application specific trunk, interconnect, and hydra cable                                              ■   Raceway Systems
                   assemblies are 100% tested to assure verified optical                                                  ■   Zone Cabling Systems
                   performance for improved network integrity
                                                                                                                          ■   Network Management and
           PANDUIT provides the leadership, innovation, and quality necessary
                                                                                                                              PoE Systems
           to ensure the performance, reliability, and interoperability of an                                             ■   Fiber Routing Systems
           integrated network. Invest in a trouble-free, high performance                                                 ■   Racks and Cable Management
           infrastructure for the lowest total cost of ownership.
                                                                                                                          ■   Network Grounding Systems
                                                                                                                          ■   Network Identification Systems
                                                                                                                          ■   Network Cable Ties and
                                                                                                                              Accessories
            PANDUIT is a Solutions Enabler Partner for IP Communications within the Cisco Technology Developer Program.


                             Visit us at www.panduit.com/net23
                            Contact Customer Service by email: cs@panduit.com
                             or by phone: 800-777-3300 and reference ad # net23




C Previous Page
                                                                                                                                                          A

Installation 7Maintenance
                                                      Contents Zoom In                     Zoom Out               Front Cover     Search Issue            B
                                                                                                                                                 Next Page EMaGS
                                                                                                                                                               F

Cim 20070701 jul_2007

  • 1.
    Contents Zoom In Zoom Out For navigation instructions please click here Search Issue Next Page ____________________ Contents Zoom In Zoom Out For navigation instructions please click here Search Issue Next Page
  • 2.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F Exceptional optical performance comes naturally. Nothing is more treasured in field termination than exceptional optical performance. The secret to UniCam® Pretium™- Performance Connectors is inside – a laser-cleaved, factory-polished fiber stub that ensures outstanding connectivity in a no-epoxy/no-polish (NENP) connector. UniCam Pretium-Performance Multimode Connectors offer 0.1 dB insertion loss. And UniCam Pretium-Performance Single-Mode Connectors enable 0.2 dB insertion loss. That’s exceptional optical performance in less than a minute per fiber, from the most widely deployed NENP connector on the market. Naturally ... Customer-focused innovation is second nature at Corning. www.corning.com/cablesystems/cimls © 2007 Corning Cable Systems LLC / LS-02413 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 3.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F Turn your cable tester into an OTDR and watch the transformation begin. See how the DTX Compact OTDR Module can turn your cable tester into an OTDR and your staff into fiber experts – to completely transform your fiber business. Imagine. A cable tester that becomes a compact, easy-to-use, full-featured OTDR. Better yet, imagine what that means for your business. A single tool to test copper and fiber. An OTDR your current technicians can easily use. Fiber jobs you couldn’t do before. Just snap the DTX Compact OTDR module onto a DTX mainframe – the industry’s benchmark for cable certification. Now you’re ready to test like a fiber expert. Perform Basic (Tier 1) and Extended (Tier 2) fiber certifica- tion. Perform powerful single-ended trouble- shooting. Deliver professional documentation. Win jobs that require OTDR testing and watch your revenue and profits increase. Look to the new DTX Compact OTDR and watch the transformation begin. Go to www.flukenetworks.com/seehow to enter to win a DTX Compact OTDR and see a live demo. N E T W O R K S U P E R V I S I O N ©2007 Fluke Corporation. All rights reserved. 02152 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 4.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGSF Our U.S. area of expertise. No matter where you’re located, our fiber optic cable products are there. Optical Cable Corporation has built a network of reliable stocking distributors and a dedicated sales team committed to getting you the best fiber optic cables for your requirements when you need them...where you need them. For over 20 years, we have been manufacturing the broadest range of top-performing tight-buffered fiber optic cables for most applications in the government, military, and commercial markets. Your order is our top priority. Contact Optical Cable Corporation for a stocking distributor nearest you. We are where you are. 1-800-622-7711 5290 Concourse Drive • Roanoke, Virginia 24019 • Phone 540-265-0690 • www.occfiber.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGSF
  • 5.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F COVER IMAGES SUPPLIED BY ANIXTER. JULY 2007 VOL. 15, NO. 7 ABOUT THE COVER Using vendor-neutral testing, Anixter’s features 15 Infrastructure Solutions Lab is demonstrating real- The myths and realities of world IP convergence of shielded, screened cabling security and networking Potential users must separate fact from fiction concerning noise infrastructure products so immunity, grounding, and the antenna effect. VALERIE RYBINSKI that customers can know 25 what will work best for their installation before investing. Abandoned cable removal TO LEARN MORE, SEE PAGE 49. a dogged challenge for all Unfortunately, for everyone, ignoring the issue won’t make it go away. PATRICK McLAUGHLIN 29 Twisted pair options for 10-Gigabit Ethernet Conducting appropriate tests will help ensure your medium of choice is ready for high-frequency, high-speed transmission. HUGO DRAYE 37 Products and technologies meeting myriad challenges Latest innovations aim to alleviate problems associated with cable management, power consumption, security and, oh-by-the-way, signal transmission. PATRICK McLAUGHLIN & STEVE SMITH 40 WLAN goes fat to thin and back again When the industry moved to centralized wireless solutions with switch-based controllers, many thought the war between “fat” and “thin” was over. But now it appears the battle is still on. BETSY ZIOBRON departments 6 Editorial Your network’s health is everything 49 INDUSTRY SPOTLIGHT ■ Anixter lab integrates networking, security 9 Ask Donna ‘Abandoned’ headaches ■ Big Blue digging deep for data center purge begin early ■ Cat 6A solution undergoes 10-GbE traffic test 54 New Products ■ Flexible racks meet military media center specs 56 Product Focus: ■ Wireless Gigabit Ethernet on-the-fly FIBER-OPTIC POLISHING EQUIPMENT CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE (ISSN 1073-3108), a trademark, is published 12 times a year, monthly, by PennWell Corporation, 1421 South Sheridan Road, Tulsa, OK 74112; telephone (918) 835-3161; fax (918) 831-9497; Web address www.pennwell.com. Editorial offices: 98 Spit Brook Road, Nashua, NH 03062-5737; telephone (603) 891-0123. © 2007 CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE. All rights reserved. Authorization to photocopy items for internal or personal use, or the internal or personal use of specific clients, is granted by CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE (ISSN 1073-3108), provided that the appropriate fee is paid directly to Copyright Clearance Center, 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923 USA; (978) 750-8400. Prior to photocopying items for educational classroom use, please contact Copyright Clearance Center, Inc., 222 Rosewood Drive, Danvers, MA 01923 USA; (978) 750-8400. For further information, check CCC Online at the following address: http://www.copyright.com/. All rights reserved. No material may be reprinted. Bulk reprints can be ordered from Diane Troyer, telephone (603) 891-9135. Corporate officers: Frank T. Lauinger, Chairman; Robert F. Biolchini, President and CEO. POSTMASTER: Send address changes to: CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE, Circulation Dept., P.O. Box 3280, Northbrook, Il 60065-3280. Return undeliverable Canadian Addresses to: P.O. Box 1632, Windsor, ON N9A 7C9. Periodicals postage paid at Tulsa, OK 74101 and other additional offices. Subscriptions: In the U.S.: one year $74; Canada/Int’l surface : one year $84; International via air: one year $100. If available, back issues can be purchased for $16 in the U.S. and $21 elsewhere. We make portions of our subscriber list available to carefully screened companies that offer products and services that may be important for your work. If you do not want to receive those offers and/or information, please let us know by contacting us at List Services, CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE, 98 Spit Brook Road, Nashua, NH 03062-5737-“Canada return address: PO Box 122, Niagara Falls, ON L2E 6S4”. www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 3 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 6.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F Chief Editor / Patrick McLaughlin (603) 891-9222 • patrick@pennwell.com Executive Editor / Steve Smith (603) 891-9139 • stevesm@pennwell.com Senior Editor / Matt Vincent (603) 891-9262 • mattv@pennwell.com Circulation Manager / Michelle Blake (603) 891-9360 • michellb@pennwell.com Art Director / Kelli Mylchreest Lead Illustrator / Dan Rodd Senior Vice President/Group Publishing Director Mark Finkelstein (603) 891-9133 • mark@pennwell.com Associate Publisher/National Sales Manager Ed Murphy (603) 891-9260 • edm@pennwell.com CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE EXECUTIVE AND EDITORIAL OFFICES PennWell ATD 98 Spit Brook Road Nashua, NH 03062-5737 Tel: (603) 891-0123, fax: (603) 891-9245 Internet: www.cable-install.com SUBSCRIPTION INQUIRIES: For subscriptions or to change your format to print or digital, please go to: www.cim-subscribe.com. Subscriptions outside the USA are available in digital format only. CORPORATE OFFICERS Chairman / Frank T. Lauinger President and Chief Executive Officer / Robert F. Biolchini Chief Financial Officer / Mark C. Wilmoth ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY DIVISION Senior Executive Assistant Carol Woodward Tel: (603) 891-9112, fax: (603) 891-9287 carolw@pennwell.com VP Audience Development / Gloria S. Adams ATD PUBLISHING SERVICES DEPARTMENTS Art Director / Meg Fuschetti Production Director / Mari Rodriguez (603) 891-9193 • marir@pennwell.com Marketing Communication Manager / Kristen Jones (603) 891-9425 • kristenj@pennwell.com Ad Traffic Manager / Jackie Linker (918) 832-9314 • jackiel@pennwell.com ________________ PRINTED IN THE USA GST NO. 126813153 Publications Mail Agreement Number 40052420 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 7.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F Are you ready to feel the speed? Super fast testing with the WireScope Pro LAN Cabling Tester Agilent’s WireScope Pro tester sweeps a full 1GHz in a few seconds, boosting your test speed to new industry leading Cat 6A and Cat 7 autotest times of 9 seconds. It also accelerates your copper and fiber testing with dual- wavelength fiber probes, the elimination of field calibration, and a new auto-increment capability. The WireScope Pro tester is the only handheld to provide Alien Crosstalk (AXT) measurements simultaneously on multiple ‘exciter’ cables, as well as produce final results on the spot, so you can quickly handle any future AXT field testing requirements. Alternative approaches could take hours to complete and require PC post processing to see the results. With simple software upgrades and a robust hardware platform operating at 1 GHz frequency, you’ll save on the cost of test because you’ll stay state-of-the-art for many years, eliminating the need to buy new testers every year or two. u.s. 1-800-829-4444, ext. 5465 Experience the speed of the WireScope Pro tester now at canada 1-877-894-4414, ext. 5465 www.agilent.com/find/wirescope or by talking to one of our _____________________ www.agilent.com/find/wirescope _________________________ engineers by calling our 800 #s. © Agilent Technologies, Inc. 2006 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 8.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F Your network’s health is everything R ecently, I had occasion to A doctor had ordered radiologi- department will. spend time in a special-care cal tests on a patient and required But even more striking was the unit at a hospital—not as a the results “stat.” Now, I have seen doctor’s exasperation at being put patient, but visiting for many hours enough episodes of ER (I’ll never on infinite hold twice, not by some with a loved one who was a patient in admit to watching Grey’s Anatomy) automated answering system, but the unit. Because all medical matters to know that “stat” means right away. by a real person. Then it dawned on were resolved positively and this Two hours later, the doctor could me that the doctor, along with all her member of my family came home find no results in the hospital’s data colleagues, relies first and foremost healthy, I was able to reflect on my network. So, she called the radiology on the data network for the infor- time in that hospital with some department desk, demanding to mation she needs. And there’s good practicality rather than completely know why so much time had elapsed reason for this doctor to look for in- emotionally. with no answers. The individual who formation in a database long before And one or two answered the phone in the radiology looking for it from an individual. of my observations department put the doctor on hold— We live in a fully connected world made me think and kept her there. Frustrated, the whose human element is almost about networking doctor called the desk again and always disconnected. We’ve had cell and cabling. made the same demand. Unbeliev- phones forever and through Black- But fi rst things ably, the same thing happened: on berries have been able to get our first. While a visi- hold forever. e-mail from just about anywhere. tor at the hospital, I So, the situation got escalated to the But how many phone messages go was the beneficiary top-ranking member of the radiology unreturned? How many e-mails of many comforts and accommoda- department. At that time, the doctor unanswered? The digital signals do tions, one of which was the opportu- learned the results were, in fact, avail- their jobs by getting information nity to spend time at my loved one’s able; the head of radiology read the from one point to another; it’s the bedside any time of the day or night. results to the doctor over the phone, people who have become the black As such, I witnessed more inner and the doctor went about caring for hole. I have been a frustrated mes- workings of that environment than her patient based on the information sage-sender at times. I have also been I ever imagined I would. That means she had just received. In an environ- a guilty non-returner of correspon- I saw patients in various stages ment of such immediacy, the doctor dence. So, if I’m going to point a finger of distress, and observed the quick quickly moved on to the next order anywhere, it will point to me first. (and I don’t mind saying heroic) of business. She did not have the lux- The experience made me realize actions of doctors and nurses who ury of stopping to either ponder or that many of the information sys- literally saved at least one life in complain about the communication tems you build and use today have front of my eyes. breakdown that had just taken place. become more relied-upon than So, here are these health-care pro- I eavesdropped on this event with people. Scary. But not nearly as scary viders working around the clock to interest because, after all, my loved as sitting by a loved one’s hospital maintain the health of the patients in one could have been the next one for bed for a few days. their care, or to restore their patients’ whom radiological test results were health. They don’t need, and won’t needed stat. One thing that occurred tolerate, something like a network to me was the information that was interruption getting in their way. But supposed to be in the hospital’s da- they almost did while I was watching. ta network and available to the doc- While I’m sure there’s much more to tor, was not. A network problem? PATRICK McLAUGHLIN Mc the story than I saw and heard, I’ll Could be. Cabling-related? I’ll never Chief Editor retell it from my vantage point. know, but hopefully the hospital’s IT patrick@pennwell.com 6 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 9.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F How many tools do you use to Certify, Identify, Configure & Document your Ethernet network? (That’s too many!) Validator-NT ™ The All-in-One Network Management Tool CERTIFY individual Ethernet cable runs up to 1 Gigabit Speed per IEEE802.3 specifications. Test for TIA568 Interconnect problems. Determine fault locations, cable length and delay or noise 4" color LCD screen conditions. Produce and print cable test schedules Lithium/ion battery and cable test results. Qualify lines for VoIP usage. provides 8 continuous hours of use IDENTIFY active components of your network on Unlimited flash the other end of the cable. Identify all types of equipment card memory and port service discovery with advertised speed ratings and DHCP negotiation. Access IP addresses, ping equipment and flash hubs/switches for positive port location. CONFIGURE links between nodes at Gigabit speed. Check IP addresses on netmask, Gateway/routers and domain name servers. Confirm links between equipment for changes or upgrades. DOCUMENT the network with the included powerful Plan-Um™ software. Create layouts of offices/premises or import existing Visio/AutoCAD drawings. Show cables and equipment they connect to in physical locations. Print out layouts and corresponding Cable Test Schedules. The Network Tool section of Plan-Um™ allows you to create a complete topology layout of the network for on-site reference, showing connections, equipment and cable pathways. You can add notes to each component of the network for future add, changes, and move legacy information. Powerful Plan-Um™ Everything you need to Test, Trace software included and Tune your Ethernet Network. NT955 MSRP only $1495.00 www.test-um.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 10.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F ____________________________ C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 11.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F ‘Abandoned’ headaches begin early Editor’s note: This month, we bring you a slice of “Best of Ask Donna” from tion Systems, Section 820.2 defines years past. This column originally ran all the way back in February 2003, “Abandoned Coaxial Cable” as so why did we take it out of mothballs now? The first question-and-answer “Installed coaxial cable that is not ter- volley provides complementary information to another article running in minated at equipment other than a this issue (see pages 25 and 26). When reading, please note that the portions coaxial connector and not identified of the NEC discussed herein look essentially the same in the 2005 edition as for future use with a tag.” they do in the 2002 edition. Article 830 Network-Powered Then Donna finishes up with a question about the potential danger of lay- Broadband Communications Sys- ing unshielded twisted-pair cables too neatly. It struck me as an eerie fore- tems, Section 830.2 defines “Aban- shadowing of what the industry has been dealing with for the past couple doned Network-Powered Broadband years. I hope you enjoy this month’s “Best of Ask Donna” and, even more Communications importantly, find it useful.—Ed. Cable” as “Installed network-powered Q: I have a quick question. Could and Power-Limited Circuits, Sec- broadband com- I get the exact wording of what tion 725.2 defines “Abandoned Class munications cable the National Electrical Code 2002 2, Class 3, and PLTC Cable” as “in- that is not termi- states concerning abandoned stalled Class 2, Class 3, and PLTC nated at equip- cables in the plenum? cable that is not terminated at equip- ment other than a Brent Clements ment and not identified for future connector and not Rice University use with a tag.” identified for future Houston, TX Article 760 Fire Alarm Systems, use with a tag.” Section 760.2 defines “Abandoned So, what is this telling us? No- A: The question may be quick, but Fire Alarm Cable” as “Installed fire tice the common thread, “and not the answer certainly is not. Let’s alarm cable that is not terminated identified for future use with a tag.” begin with the definitions of aban- at equipment other than a connec- Any cable addressed in these specific doned cable. In NEC 2002, there tor and not identified for future use articles that is “tagged for future use” are seven definitions for abandoned with a tag.” is not abandoned cable. cable. Ironically, none are in Article Article 770 Optical Fiber Cables In some cases, having a connec- 100, the section on definitions (yet). and Raceways, Section 770.2 defines tor terminated at one end (audio dis- Article 640 Audio Signal Pro- “Abandoned Optical Fiber Cable” as tribution cable; Class 2, Class 3, and cessing, Amplification, and Repro- “Installed optical fiber cable that is PLTC Cable) or both ends (commu- duction Equipment, Section 640.2 not terminated at equipment other nications cable) of the cable means defines “Abandoned Audio Distri- than a connector and not identified that it is not abandoned cable. bution Cable” as “installed audio for future use with a tag.” While in other cases, having the distribution cable that is not termi- Article 800 Communications Cir- cable connected to equipment that nated at equipment and not identi- cuits, Section 800.2 defines “Aban- is not a connector (fire alarm ca- fied for future use with a tag.” doned Communications Cable” as ble; optical fiber cable; coaxial ca- Article 725 Class 1, Class 2, and “Installed communications cable that ble; network-powered broadband Class 3 Remote-Control, Signaling, is not terminated at both ends at a communications cable) means that connector or other equipment and it is not an abandoned cable. In NEC DONNA BALLAST is BICSI’s standards s standards not identified for future use with speak, a “connector” is “equipment,” representative, and a BICSI registered and a BICSI registered communications distribution designer (RCDD). distribution designer a tag.” and that is why the “equipment other (RCDD). Send your question tovia e-mail: Send your questions to Donna Donna at: Article 820 Community Anten- than a connector” verbiage is used. dballast@swbell.net na Television and Radio Distribu- Most Sections [640.3(A); ➤ www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 9 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 12.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F 725.3(B); 760.3(A); 770.3(A); 800.52(B); You asked specifically about ple- Q: I was reviewing the discussion on the 820.3; 830(A)] only address the “acces- num spaces, but the same text applies BICSI Public Forum about laying cables sible portion” of an abandoned cable to plenum, riser, and hollow spaces in parallel to each other in a fi xed physical as “not be permitted to remain.” Arti- the building. If it is “abandoned” and relationship. I noticed that one comment cle 100 defines “Accessible (as applied to “accessible,” take it out. said that the European norm addresses wiring methods)” as “Capable of being Seven definitions for almost the same it to some degree. Do you know if any removed or exposed without damag- term is a lot, even for the NFPA. So, for of the U.S. standards have intentions to ing the building structure or finish or NEC 2005 the International Brother- address it? I have a client in New Jersey, not permanently closed in by the struc- hood of Electrical Workers Codes and with a large data center, that is asking ture or fi nish of the building.” … So, Standards Committee is proposing to me for input. At present they are laying this is not a surgical removal in a fin- delete the current seven to add a new large bundles of cables into cable trays ished space. But if the entire area of the definition to Article 100, which would and they want the cables combed as they building is undergoing demolition for read: “Abandoned Cable. Installed are installed. I told them I would check remodeling, then all of the cable should cable that is not terminated at both and let them know. be accessible and removed. ends at equipment and not identified for Bobby Ashton, Jr., And then there is Article 645—the future use with a tag.” But so far the RCDD/LAN Specialist one that did not bother to uniquely other “stakeholders,” who carefully South Windsor, CT define “abandoned cable,” which is crafted the various definitions in their only concerned with abandoned cable respective Articles, are not supportive A: Intentions, yes. At the TIA TR-42.1 that is not contained in metal raceway. of this “one-size-fits-all” approach. February 2002 meeting, a presentation So, metal raceways full of dead cable It is going to be an interesting couple (TR 42.1-2002-013) was made, which ref- under raised floors in data centers are of years. erenced a list of contributions, previously not a concern? submitted to either the TR-42.7 Tele- PANDUIT introduces the affordable and powerful COUGAR ™ LS9 Hand-Held Thermal Transfer Printer ■ Economical identification system provides premium quality solutions at the lowest installed cost ■ Prints a wide variety of continuous tapes for marking of cables, patch panels, faceplates and other network applications ■ Legends can be easily aligned with ports on patch panels and faceplates, eliminating the need for manual spacing and guesswork ■ Cut-to-length functionality eliminates label waste and label trimming labor ■ Partial cut feature available to provide tear-apart strips of labels ■ P1 ™ Label Cassette contains integrated memory device for automatic formatting, recall of last legend used, and number of labels remaining in the cassette ■ Fast-loading label cassette includes both label material and ribbon to make changing labels easy PANDUIT offers a broad range of economical identification products that aid in TIA/EIA-606-A compliance including labels, labeling software, and printers. Visit us at www.panduit.com/p922 Contact Customer Service by email: cs@panduit.com or by phone: 800-777-3300 and reference ad # p922 Cable Network Partial Cut Strip P1 ™ Label Cassette Marking Components of Labels C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 13.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F communications Copper Cabling Sub- and the pathway is not overfilled, then have seen use seven cables—six disturb- committee or the Cable Working Group, “alien crosstalk” should be one less net- ers and one victim cable. That would dating from 1997 through 2002. Each of work anomaly you have to address. mean seven sets of field test instruments these contributions had addressed some And what about testing? While your in use at the same time to test one cable negative effect on the transmission per- network can certainly suffer from the link. And there are currently no pass/fail formance of category UTP cabling effects, measuring alien crosstalk is not limits proposed or set. caused by bundling or other similar something you want to attempt in the My advice: loosen up and avoid the cabling installation practices. field. Most measurement models that I problem. TR-42.1-2002-013 suggested that, based on these contributions, a Study Group be formed to develop informa- tion on the expected variance in trans- mission performance of cables that are installed in close proximity. TR-42.1-2002-013 further proposed that once the work was completed and validated, it would be drafted as a matrix, and published as an informative Annex to TIA/EIA-568B.1. The matrix would include alien NEXT and FEXT for Cat- egory 5e and Category 6 cables that are tie-wrapped at specified intervals, cables installed in a tray with 50% fi ll, cables installed in a conduit with 40% fill, and cables suspended on J-hooks. Meanwhile, we will have to contin- ue to scare our clients suffering from “overneatness tendencies” using threats of the dreaded “alien crosstalk.” You are welcome to use the following. It has worked for me in the past. Cabling systems and network hard- ware are designed to handle predict- What’s at the core of your fiber? able noise, like NEXT and FEXT, which comes from within the same cable. This is why when you remove the sheath from a twisted-pair cable, each of the pairs is twisted at a different rate. But when UTP cables of the same con- struction are neatly dressed and packed, Chances are you don’t know. Some fiber manufacturers you are inviting trouble. You are creating don’t specify bandwidth in the critical center region of a quasi field-manufactured hybrid cable, the fiber. But when you select OFS’ LaserWave® OM3 because the twists are the same in each of fiber, you get outstanding performance right down to the neighboring cables. This creates un- the core. LaserWave fiber delivers DMD specified in the predictable noise between neighboring 0 – 5 micron range and up to twice the bandwidth for lasers that launch power in the fiber’s center. Enjoy fast, cables; the noise is called alien crosstalk. reliable transmission and easier connectivity. To learn more, And the neater the cables are laid, and the ask your cabler about OFS or visit ofsoptics.com/fiber. closer you pack them together, the more likely you are to experience the problem. If the UTP cables are randomly laid www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 11 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 14.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F ALL HAIL THE NEW KING OF CARGO. INTRODUCING THE ALL-NEW 2007 DODGE SPRINTER > Dodge Sprinter is the most versatile commercial van on the market* > Combine the 3500 Extended Cargo Van with a 170-inch wheelbase and the available Mega Roof and you get best-in-class* cargo capacity of 600 cu ft, up to 89% more than GM competitors and up to 118% more than Ford > Towing up to 5,000 lb† > Combine 3500’s 144-inch wheelbase with High Roof for best-in-class* payload of up to 5,570 lb, up to 32% more than Ford and up to 34% more than GM’s 3500 cargo vans. For more info, visit dodge.com/sprinter, or call 800-4ADODGE. *Based on Automotive News classification. †When properly equipped. C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 15.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F Chrysler Financial is a business unit of DaimlerChrysler Financial Services. C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 16.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F Mohawk’s pre-terminated fiber optic Plug’n Play solutions combine ease of installation with the flexibility to work with any corresponding fiber cassette. Whether long runs or short runs, Mohawk’s Plug’n Play fiber solutions complement data center performance with its compact cable size and maximum flexibility. Features and Benefits: • Pre-terminated cables for premium performance. • Small diameter and bend radius for installation in high density environments. • The MPO terminations allow the cables to plug into any corresponding fiber cassette. • Compliant to TIA-568-C.3. MOHAWK For more information or a copy of our Application Note visit www.mohawk-cable or call 800-422-9961. Cabling Excellence for Open Architecture C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 17.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F www.cable-install.com design The myths and realities of shielded, screened cabling A global standard since the 1980s, screened and shielded twisted-pair cop- per cabling varieties are still a mainstay Potential users must separate fact from fiction concerning noise immunity, grounding, and the antenna effect. in some markets. While many other mar- kets have migrated largely to unshielded twisted-pair not yet be realized by early-generation twisted-pair design (UTP) cables, the recent ratification of the 10GBase- and manufacturing capability. It is not surprising that this T standard for 10-Gbit/sec Ethernet over copper has robust cabling type still supports some buildings today. re-established the commercial viability of screened and By 1990, however, LAN industry experts began to recog- shielded systems, and has fueled greater adoption of nize Ethernet’s performance and reliability advantages over these systems in markets that previously were UTP-centric. LAN noise sources In this competitive landscape, H many confusing and often con- Ve E tradictory messages are finding l their way to the marketplace. This article addresses common questions, issues, and miscon- ceptions regarding screened and h Vd shielded cabling. From Token Ring to Ethernet Vg When LAN cabling emerged in Equipment Interconnect Work area outlet End-user device the 1980s to support the first Source: Siemon computer networks in commer- cial building space, the networks typically deployed IBM This setup shows the three sources of noise for LAN cabling sys- Token Ring transmission, which was standardized as tems. Differential noise (Vd) is induced from an adjacent twisted- IEEE 802.5 in 1985. Cabling for Token Ring networks pair or balanced cable; environmental noise (Ve) is induced by was IBM Type 1 cable—consisting of two loosely twist- an external electromagnetic field; and ground loop noise (Vg) is ed, foil-shielded, 150-Ω pairs surrounded by an overall induced by a difference in potential between conductor ends. braid—mated to unique hermaphroditic connectors. This cabling was an optimum choice for support of first- Token Ring. Concurrently, twisted-pair design and man- generation LAN topologies. Its design took advantage of ufacturing capabilities had progressed to the point where the twisted-pair transmission protocol’s ability to individual foils were no longer required to provide inter- maximize distance (Token Ring served distances up to nal crosstalk isolation, and overall shields were not neces- 100 meters) and data rates using cost-effective transceivers. sary to provide immunity against outside noise sources in The foils and braid improved crosstalk and electromagnet- the 10Base-T and 100Base-T bands of operation. ic compatibility (EMC) performance to levels that could Publication of the 10Base-T application in 1990, and the first edition TIA/EIA-568 cabling standard the fol- VALERIE RYBINSKI is global sales engineer with Siemon (www.siemon.com). lowing year, in conjunction with the lower cost as- ➤ www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 15 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 18.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F sociated with UTP cabling, firmly established UTP as the While this bandwidth provides more than sufficient noise medium of choice for new LAN networks. immunity for such applications as 100Base-T and 1000Base-T, Shannon Capacity modeling demonstrates that this level pro- Balancing act vides no headroom to the minimum 10GBase-T noise immu- The benefit of specifying balanced twisted-pair cabling for nity requirements. The use of shielding, however, data transmission is clearly demonstrated by examining the significantly improves noise immunity, doubles the available types of signals present in building environments. Electrical Shannon Capacity, and substantially increases practical oper- signals can propagate in either common mode or differential ating bandwidths for future applications. (i.e., “balanced”) mode. Common mode describes a signal scheme between two con- Noise and immunity ductors in which the voltage propagates in phase and is ref- Modal conversion is an effect of degraded twisted-pair signal bal- erenced to ground. Examples of common mode transmission ance above 30 MHz, which occurs when differential mode signals include DC circuits, building power, cable TV, heating/venti- convert to common mode signals, and vice versa. The conversion lation/air-conditioning (HVAC) circuits, and security devices. can adversely impact noise immunity from the environment Electromagnetic noise induced from disturbers, such as as well as contribute to crosstalk between pairs and balanced motors, transformers, fluorescent lights, and radio-frequency cables, and must be minimized whenever possible. Shielding (RF) sources, also propagates in common mode. Virtually can decrease the potential for modal conversion by limiting every signal and disturber type in the building environment noise coupled onto the twisted-pair from the environment. propagates in common mode, with one notable exception— All applications require positive signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) twisted-pair cabling, which is optimized for balanced, or dif- margins to transmit within allocated bit error rate (BER) ferential mode, transmission. levels. This means that the data signal being transmitted must Differential mode transmission refers to two signals that have be of greater magnitude than all of the combined noise dis- equal magnitudes, but are 180° out of phase, and that propa- turbers coupled onto the transmission line—i.e., the struc- gate over two conductors of a twisted pair. In a balanced cir- tured cabling. cuit, two signals are referenced to each other rather than one Noise can be coupled onto twisted-pair cabling in any or signal being referenced to ground. There is no ground con- all of three ways. nection in a balanced circuit and, as a result, these types of • Differential noise: Noise induced from an adjacent twist- circuits are inherently immune to interference from most com- ed-pair or balanced cable; mon mode noise disturbers. • Environmental noise: Noise induced by an external elec- In theory, common mode noise couples equally onto each tromagnetic field; conductor of a perfectly balanced twisted-pair. Differen- • Ground loop noise: Noise induced by a difference in poten- tial mode transceivers detect the difference in peak-to-peak tial between conductor ends. magnitude between the two signals on a twisted pair by per- Different applications have varying sensitivity to interfer- forming a subtraction operation. In a perfectly balanced ence from these three noise sources, depending upon their cabling system, the induced common mode signal would capabilities. For example, the 10GBase-T application is com- appear as two equal voltages that are simply subtracted out by monly recognized to be extremely sensitive to alien crosstalk the transceiver, thereby resulting in perfect noise immunity. (differential mode cable-to-cable coupling) because its digi- In the real world, however, twisted-pair cables are not per- tal signal processing (DSP) capability electronically cancels fectly balanced, and their limitations must be understood by internal pair-to-pair crosstalk within each channel. Unlike application developers and system specifiers. pair-to-pair crosstalk, alien crosstalk cannot be cancelled by TIA and ISO/IEC committees take extreme care in speci- DSP. Conversely, because the magnitude of alien crosstalk is fying balance parameters, such as transverse conversion loss very small compared to pair-to-pair crosstalk, the presence of (TCL), transverse converse transfer loss (TCTL), and equal- alien crosstalk minimally impacts the performance of other level transverse converse transfer loss (ELTCTL) in their applications, such as 100Base-T and 1000Base-T, that employ standards for higher-grade (Category 6 and above) struc- partial or no crosstalk-cancelling algorithms. tured cabling. By examining the performance limits for these EMC describes both a system’s susceptibility to interfer- parameters and noting when they start to approach the noise ence from, and potential to disturb, outside sources. It is an isolation tolerance required by various Ethernet applica- important indicator of a system’s ability to co-exist with other tions, it becomes clear that the practical operating bandwidth electronic/electrical devices. Noise immunity and emissions per- (defined by acceptable levels of common mode noise immu- formance is reciprocal, meaning that the cabling system’s abil- nity due to balance) is approximately 30 MHz. ity to maintain immunity to interference is proportional ➤ 16 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 19.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F copper-to-fiber media converters that extend your network exactly where and when you need it. Transition Networks sharpens your ability to do smart business with modular conversion solutions that give you the control to expand your network by user, distance, or protocol. Put us between your copper and fiber for a secure and smooth response to your networking issues. Our media converters economically accommodate multiple protocols, platforms and interfaces. Contact Transition Networks and take dead aim at doing business even better. Transition Networks take performance above and beyond expectations with every product we make.We are the simple, seamless and practical solution to copper-fibre conversion; accommodating multiple protocols, platforms and interfaces. Expand, extend and expect far more from Transition Networks. Contact us today and plan to go farther. www.transition.com 800-526-9267 transition networks for me. C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 20.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F to the system’s potential to radiate. Interestingly, while the outermost conductive element of the cabling—the conduc- unnecessary emphasis is placed on immunity considerations, tors themselves in a UTP environment, and the overall screen/ it is understood that structured cabling systems do not radi- shield in a screened/fully shielded environment. ate or interfere with other equipment or systems in the tele- Again, through the means of calculations, what becomes communications environment. readily apparent is that the common mode impedance is not Here’s a more detailed look at the various noise disturbers: very well controlled in UTP environments. This impedance Differential noise disturbers. Alien crosstalk and internal depends on factors such as distance from metallic raceways, pair-to-pair crosstalk are examples, and must be minimized metallic structures surrounding the pairs, use of non-metallic through proper cabling-system design. Susceptibility to inter- raceways, and termination location. Conversely, this common ference from differential mode sources is dependent upon sys- mode impedance is well defined and controlled in screened/ tem balance and can be improved by isolating or separating shielded cabling environments. conductors that are interfering with each other. Cabling with Importantly, the overall susceptibility of twisted-pair improved balance—Category 6 and above—exhibits better cables to electric field disturbance depends on both the bal- internal crosstalk and alien crosstalk performance. Because no ance performance of the cabling and the presence of a screen cable is perfectly balanced, strategies such as using dielectric or shield. Well-balanced cables (Category 6 and above) should material to separate conductors or using metal foil to isolate be immune to electromagnetic interference up to 30 MHz. The conductors are employed to further improve crosstalk perfor- presence of a shield or screen is necessary to avoid electromag- mance. For example, Category 6A F/UTP cabling is proven to netic interference at higher frequencies, which is an especially have substantially superior alien crosstalk performance than critical consideration for next-generation applications. Category 6A UTP cabling because its overall foil construction For example, it is reasonable to model that an emerging reduces alien crosstalk to virtually zero. Category 7 S/FTP is application using DSP techniques will require a minimum proven to have substantially superior pair-to-pair and alien SNR of 20 dB at 100 MHz. Because the minimum isolation crosstalk performance than any Category 6A cabling design yielded by balance alone is also 20 dB at 100 MHz, the addition because its individual foiled twisted-pair construction reduc- of a screen or shield is necessary to ensure this application has es pair-to-pair and alien crosstalk coupling to virtually zero. sufficient noise immunity headroom for operation. These superior crosstalk levels could not be achieved solely Ground loops. These develop when there is more than one through compliant balance performance. ground connection, and the difference in common mode volt- Environmental noise disturbers. Environmental noise age potential at these ground connections induces noise on the is electromagnetic noise made up of magnetic fields gener- cabling. It is a misconception that common mode noise from ated by inductive coupling, and electric fields generated by ground loops can only appear on screens and shields; this noise capacitive coupling. Magnetic field coupling occurs at low regularly appears on the twisted pairs as well. A key point about frequencies, such as 50 or 60 Hz, where the balance of the the voltage generated by ground loops is that its waveform is cabling system is more than sufficient to ensure immunity. Its directly related to the profi le of the building’s alternating impact can be ignored for all types of balanced cabling. Elec- current (AC) power. In the United States, the primary noise tric fields, however, can produce common mode voltages on frequency is 60 Hz and its related harmonic, which is often balanced cables depending on their frequency. The magni- referred to as AC “hum.” In other regions of the world, the pri- tude of the voltage induced can be modeled, assuming that the mary noise frequency is 50 Hz and its related harmonic. cabling system is susceptible to interference in the same Because each twisted pair is connected to a balun transformer manner as a loop antenna. and common mode noise rejection circuitry at both ends of Mathematical formulas demonstrate that a 60-Hz signal the circuit—the network interface card (NIC) and the network results in an electric field disturbance that can only be mea- equipment—differences in the turn ratios and common mode sured in the thousands-of-mV (millivolt) range, while sources ground impedances can result in common mode noise. The operating in the MHz range can generate a fairly large electric magnitude of the induced noise on the twisted pairs can be field disturbance. For reference, 3 Volts/meter (V/m) is consid- reduced, but not eliminated, through the use of common mode ered to be a reasonable approximation of the average electric terminations, chokes, and filters within the equipment. field present in a light industrial/commercial environment, and Ground loops induced on the screen/shield typically 10 V/m is considered to be a reasonable approximation of the occur because of a difference in potential between the ground average electric field present in an industrial environment. connection at the telecommunications grounding busbar The loop area is the one variable that impacts the magnitude (TGB) and the building ground connection provided through of the voltage coupled by the electric field. Common mode cur- the network equipment chassis at the work-area end of the rents generated by an electric field induce unwanted signals on cabling. Note that it is not mandatory for equipment ➤ 18 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 21.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F 1990s 1970s Shielded “Vampire” Modular Tap Jack 1980s 4 Position Data Connector Follow The Leader In Shielded Technology The new AMP-TWIST Jack is our latest shielded product evolution. It can be terminated in about 90 seconds, quicker and more reliably than any similar product on the market. Tyco Electronics has always been forward, have been the leading Proceed With Confidence on the cutting edge of shielded advocate for shielded technology If you are considering upgrading to technology. We have been designing across the globe. a 10 G solution, then come to the and manufacturing quality shielded brand that knows shielded best! Visit communications products for more Tyco Electronics has always believed www.ampnetconnect.com to see why than three decades. In fact, we what the industry is just now a high performance 10 G Shielded introduced our first fully shielded realizing, that a Shielded System is Cabling System from Tyco Electronics twisted pair cabling products in the by far the best choice for today’s is the best choice for your structured early ‘80s – and from that point 10 G performance requirements. cabling needs. Tyco Electronics, TE Logo, AMP AMP NETCONNECT, NETCONNECT, and AMP-TWIST are trademarks. , Other products, logos, and company names mentioned herein may be trademarks of their respective owners. C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 22.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F manufacturers to provide a low-impedance build- ing ground path from the shielded 8-pin modu- Ground loops Chassis/Cabinet/Rack Work area equipment lar (RJ-45) jack through the equipment chassis. Shielding Sometimes, the chassis is isolated from the build- Signal ing ground with a protective RC circuit and, in source Vs other cases, the shielded RJ-45 jack is completely isolated from the chassis ground. Group loop current Telcom Work area Excessive ground loop thresholds room Vg TIA and ISO standards identify the threshold when Ground potential difference -ground loop source an excessive ground loop develops as when the dif- Source: Siemon ference in potential between the voltage measured at the shield at the work-area end of the cabling, and A difference in ground potential between the work area and the telecommunications the voltage measured at the ground wire of the elec- room is the source of a ground loop. Typically, the difference in potential is between trical outlet used to supply power to the workstation, the ground connection at the telecommunications grounding busbar and the building exceeds 1.0 Vrms (Volts, root mean square). This dif- ground connection provided through the network equipment chassis at the work area. ference in potential should be measured and correct- ed in the field to ensure proper network equipment operation, the cabling plant itself is sufficient to ensure immunity regard- but values in excess of 1.0 Vrms are very rarely found in coun- less of the actual voltage magnitude. tries that have carefully designed and specified building and It is commonly believed that ground loops only appear on grounding systems. Furthermore, because the common mode screened and shielded cabling systems, but that’s a myth. The voltage induced by ground loops is low frequency (50 or 60 Hz fear is that ground loops resulting from a difference in voltage and their respective harmonics), the balance performance of potential between a screened/shielded cabling system’s ground connections cause excessive common mode currents that can adversely affect data transmission. In fact, screens and shields, and the balanced twisted pairs in a UTP cable, are affected by differences in voltage potential at the end of the channel. The difference in the transformer common mode termina- tion impedance at the NIC and the network equipment natu- rally results in common mode noise current being induced on each twisted pair. Grounding of the screened/shielded system in multiple locations can result in common mode noise current be- ing induced on the screen/shield; however, these common mode noise currents do not affect data transmission because, regardless of their voltage magnitude, their waveform is always associated with the 50- or 60-Hz profile of the building AC power. Thanks to the balance of the cabling at low frequencies, common mode currents induced onto the twisted pair, either directly from equipment-impedance differentials or coupled from a screen/shield, are simply subtracted out by the trans- ceiver as part of the differential transmission algorithm. Grounding and cabling systems The ANSI-J-STD-607-A-2002 standard defines the building telecommunications grounding and bonding infrastructure that originates at the service equipment (power) ground and extends throughout the building. It is important to recognize that the infrastructure applies to both UTP and screened/ shielded cabling systems. _____________________________________ The standard includes many mandates, including: 1. The telecommunications main grounding busbar (TMGB) is 20 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 23.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F _________________ bonded to the main building service ground. Actual meth- ods, materials, and appropriate specifications for each of the components in the telecommunications grounding and bonding system vary according to system and network size, capacity, and local codes. 2. If used, TGBs are bonded to the TMGB via the telecommu- nications bonding backbone. 3. All racks and metallic pathways are connected to the TMGB or TGB. 4. The cabling plant and telecommunications equipment are grounded to equipment racks or adjacent metallic pathways. TIA and ISO standards provide one additional step for the grounding of screened and shielded cabling systems. Specifi- cally, clause 4.6 of ANSI/TIA-568-B.1 and clause 11.3 of ISO/ IEC 11801:2002 state that the cable shield shall be bonded to the TGB in the telecommunications room, and that ground- ing at the work area may be accomplished through the equip- ment power connection. This procedure is intended to support the optimum configu- ration of one ground connection to minimize the appearance of ground loops, but recognizes that multiple ground connec- tions may be present along the cabling. When the grounding and bonding recommendations spec- ified in ANSI-J-STD-607-A-2002 were developed, consid- eration was given to the possibility that grounding at the work area through the equipment cord may occur; therefore, there is no need to specifically avoid grounding the screened/ shielded system at the user’s PC or device. The difference be- tween a ground connection and a screen/shield connection is notable and important. A ground connection bonds the screened/shielded cabling system to the TGB or TMGB, while a screen/shield connection maintains electrical continuation of the cable screen/shield through the screened/shielded telecom- munications connectors along the full length of cabling. Part of the function of the screen or shield is to provide a low- impedance ground path for noise currents that are induced on the shielded material. Compliance to the TIA and ISO spec- ifications for the parameters of cable and connection hard- ware transfer impedance and coupling attenuation ensures the maintenance of a low-impedance path through all screened/ shielded connection points in the cabling system. For optimum alien crosstalk and noise immunity perfor- mance, shield continuity should be maintained throughout the end-to-end cabling system. UTP patch cords in screened/ shielded cabling systems should be avoided. Building end users should perform a validation to ensure that screened and shielded cabling systems are prop- erly grounded to the TGB or TMGB. Here’s a recommended inspection plan: • Visually inspect to verify that all equipment racks/cab- ➤ www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 24.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F inets/metallic pathways are bonded to the TGB or TGMB Typical foil thicknesses are 1.5 mils (0.038 mm) to 2.0 mils using a 6-AWG conductor. (0.051 mm) to match the maximum penetration depth of a • Visually inspect to verify that all screened/shielded patch 30-MHz signal. This design approach ensures that higher fre- panels are bonded to the TGB or TMGB using a 6-AWG quency signals will not interfere with the twisted pairs as a conductor. result of their good balance performance. Braids and drain • Perform a DC resistance test to ensure that each panel and wires add strength to cable assemblies and further decrease rack/cabinet grounding connection exhibits a DC resistance measurement of <1 Ω between the bonding point of the Antenna susceptibility: panel/rack and the TGB or TMGB. (Note: Some local/ UTP vs. grounded F/UTP regional standards specify a maximum DC resistance of 0 <5 Ω at this location). -20 • Document the visual inspection, DC test results, and all -40 other applicable copper/fiber test results. TIA and ISO standards identify the threshold when an -60 40 db gain excessive ground loop develops as when the difference in -80 potential between the voltage measured at the shield at the -100 work-area end of the cabling, and the voltage measured at the ground wire of the electrical outlet used to supply power to the -120 1 10 100 workstation, exceeds 1.0 Vrms. While this difference in poten- Frequency (MHz) tial should be measured and corrected in the field to ensure * Data provided courtesy of NEXANS/Berk-Tek proper network equipment operation, values in excess of This data, provided by Nexans/Berk-Tek (www.berktek.com), shows the __________ 1.0 Vrms are very rarely found in countries that have care- difference in coupling between two UTP cables (black) is at least 40 fully designed and specified building and grounding systems. dB worse than the interaction between two properly grounded F/UTP Furthermore, because the common mode voltage induced by cables (blue). ground loops is low frequency, the balance performance of the cabling plant is sufficient to ensure immunity regardless of the end-to-end electrical resistance of the shield when the the actual voltage magnitude. cabling system is properly connected to ground. A common myth says that screens and shields can behave Shield design and the antenna myth as antennas because they are long lengths of metal. The fear is Shielding offers the benefits of significantly improved pair- that screens can “attract” signals that are in the environment, to-pair crosstalk performance, alien crosstalk performance, or radiate signals that appear on the twisted pairs. Th e fact is and noise immunity that cannot be matched by any other that both screens and shields, and the copper balanced twisted cabling design strategy. Category 6A and lower-rated F/UTP pairs in a UTP cable, will behave as an antenna to some cables are constructed with an overall foil surrounding the four degree. The difference is the noise that couples onto the screen twisted pairs. Category 7 and higher-rated S/FTP cables are con- or shield is actually 100 to 1,000 times smaller in magnitude structed with an overall braid surrounding four individually foil- than the noise that is coupled onto an unshielded twisted pair shielded pairs. Optional drain wires are sometimes provided. in the same environment. This difference is due to the internal Shielding materials are selected for their ability to maxi- pairs’ well-defined and controlled common mode impedance mize immunity to electric field disturbance, capability to to the ground plane that is provided by the screen/shield. reflect the incoming wave, absorption properties, and ability Here is an analysis of the two types of signal disturbers that to provide a low-impedance signal path. As a rule, more con- can affect the noise immunity performance of balanced twist- ductive shielding materials yield greater amounts of incom- ed-pair cabling: ing signal reflection. At frequencies below 30 MHz, noise currents from the envi- Solid aluminum foil is the preferred shielding media for tele- ronment can penetrate the screen/shield and affect the twisted communications cabling because it provides 100% coverage pairs; however, the magnitude of these signals is substantially against high frequency (greater than 100 MHz) leakage, as smaller (and mostly attenuated due to the absorption loss of well as low electrical resistance when properly connected to the aluminum foil), meaning that unshielded twisted pairs in ground. The thickness of the foil shield is influenced by the the same environment are actually subjected to a much higher skin effect of the interfering noise currents. Skin effect is the electric field strength. The good news is that the balance per- phenomenon in which the noise current’s depth of penetra- formance of the cable itself is sufficient up to 30 MHz to en- tion decreases as frequency increases. sure minimum susceptibility to disturbance from these noise 22 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 25.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F sources, regardless of the presence of an overall screen/shield. Antenna susceptibility: At frequencies above 30 MHz, noise currents from the envi- UTP vs. ungrounded F/UTP ronment cannot penetrate the screen/shield due to skin effects, 0 and the internal twisted pairs are fully immune to interfer- -20 ence. Unfortunately, balance performance is no longer suffi- cient to ensure adequate noise immunity for UTP cabling at -40 20 db gain these higher frequencies. This can have an adverse impact on -60 the cabling system’s ability to maintain the SNR levels required -80 by applications employing DSP technology. The potential for a cable to behave as an antenna can be -100 experimentally verified by arranging two balanced cables in -120 series, injecting a signal into one cable to emulate a trans- 1 10 100 Frequency (MHz) mit antenna across a swept frequency range, and measuring * Data provided courtesy of NEXANS/Berk-Tek the interference on an adjacent cable to emulate a receiving antenna. As a rule of thumb, the higher the frequency of the Even when two F/UTP systems are left ungrounded, they still provide noise source, the greater the potential for interference. The cou- a minimum of 20 dB better performance (blue) than two UTP cables pling between two UTP cables is a minimum of 40 dB worse (black). [Data provided by Nexans/Berk-Tek.] than the interaction between two properly grounded F/UTP cables. It should be noted that 40 dB of margin corresponds to and especially above 30 MHz when cable balance starts to 100 times less voltage coupling, thus confirming the modeled significantly degrade; predictions. The UTP cable radiates and receives—behaves like • Significantly increased Shannon Capacity for future an antenna—substantially more than the F/UTP cable. applications. A second antenna myth is that common mode signals appearing on a screen or shield can only be dissipated through Fusion of the best a low-impedance ground path. The fear is that an unground- Achievable SNR margin is dependent upon the combined prop- ed screen will radiate signals that are “bouncing back and forth” erties of cabling balance and the common mode and differential and “building up” over the screen/shield. In fact, left unground- mode noise immunity provided by screens and shields. Applica- ed, a screen/shield will substantially attenuate higher-frequen- tions rely on positive SNR margin to ensure proper signal trans- cy signals because of the low-pass fi lter formed by its resistance, mission and minimum BER. With the emergence of 10GBase-T, distributed shunt capacitance, and series inductance. it has become clear that the noise isolation provided by good The effects of leaving both ends of a foil twisted-pair balance alone is just barely sufficient to support transmission cable ungrounded can also be verified by using the above- objectives. Furthermore, the alien crosstalk and noise immunity mentioned experimental method. The coupling between two benefits provided by F/UTP and S/FTP cabling designs UTP cables is still a minimum of 20 dB worse than the interac- have been demonstrated to offer almost double the Shannon tion between two ungrounded F/UTP cables. (Note that 20 dB Capacity, a performance advantage that has caught the atten- of margin corresponds to 10 times less voltage coupling.) Even tion of application developers and system specifiers alike. under worst-case, ungrounded conditions, the UTP cable It is often said that the telecommunications industry has behaves more like an antenna than the F/UTP cable. come full circle in the specification of its preferred media type. Modeled and experimental results clearly dispel these an- In actuality, today’s screened and fully shielded cabling sys- tenna myth. Screens and shields offer substantially improved tems represent a fusion of best features of the last two gener- noise immunity compared to unshielded constructions above ations of LAN cabling: excellent balance to protect against 30 MHz, even when improperly grounded. low-frequency interference, and shielding to protect against The performance benefits of using screened and fully high-frequency interference. shielded systems include: • Reduced pair-to-pair crosstalk in fully shielded designs; (Editor’s note: This article is derived from Valerie Rybinski’s • Reduced alien crosstalk in screened and fully shielded white paper, “Screened and Shielded Cabling: Noise Immuni- designs; ty, Grounding, and the Antenna Myth.” The paper contains in- • Screened Category 6A cable diameters that are smaller formation used in this article, as well as a full explanation of than many 6A UTP cables, allowing greater pathway fi ll/ the simplified loop antenna model, a complete bibliography of utilization; Rybinski’s sources, and a glossary of terms and acronyms. The • Substantially improved noise immunity at all frequencies, white paper is available at www.siemon.com.) www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 23 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 26.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F Small Space. Big Results. The Mighty Mo® Telecom Enclosure Connect the backbone cable, switches, and up to 48 ports of high performance connectivity. Increase performance, add flexibility, and free up space in your Telecom Room – all at a lower cost. Call us at 888-879-0724, or visit www.ortronics.com today to learn how the Mighty Mo telecom enclosure will change the way you bring high performance to the desktop. Endless Possibilities. E X P E R T I S E . T E C H N O L O G Y. S O L U T I O N S . C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 27.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F www.cable-install.com installation Abandoned cable removal a dogged challenge for all F or just about a half- decade, the National Electri- cal Code has included lan- Unfortunately, for everyone involved, ignoring the issue won’t make it go away. guage requiring the removal of cable from building pathways when that cable is nization has adopted a position on the existence, and not in current use or tagged for future use. The NEC removal, of abandoned cable. defines this type of cable as “abandoned,” and man- To quote BOMA’s position paper directly, “Building dates its removal, though not its method of removal. owners, managers, tenants, and service providers need Over the past five years, this and other cabling-trade to work cooperatively to ensure that all parties under- publications have chronicled the development and modi- fication of abandoned-cable removal requirements. More recently, trade publications focused on the profession of real-estate management have turned their attention to the topic as well, and with good reason. The glut of aban- doned cables inside commercial office buildings today exists, at least in part, because of the transient nature of occupancy in such buildings. Traditionally, when a tenant moves out of a building, it would leave the cabling in place—sometimes, several generations of it (e.g., Category 3, 5, 5e for some long-term tenants). And most often, a new tenant would install a new structured cabling system rather than rely on the cabling left by the previous occupant. That practice was great for the business of those organizations that man- After weaving through a series of National Electrical Code ufacture, design, or install structured cabling systems. articles defining, and requiring removal of, abandoned cables, It was not so great, however, for the building pathways’ technicians must weave through masses like these to ensure fuel loads—which led to the removal requirements. compliance with the locally adopted building code. Teamwork needed stand their responsibilities to comply with the National As the past few years have shown, the entire situation has Electrical Code provisions on removing or tagging not been glorious for the owners of commercial build- unused cabling in buildings.” ings either. They essentially were left on the hook for After providing some background information on the cost of removing years’, and in some cases decades’, the NEC provisions addressing abandoned cable—and worth of abandoned cable. The Building Owners and noting that while the NEC itself is not law, many juris- Managers Association International (BOMA Interna- dictions in the United States adopt the document by ref- tional; www.boma.org) is a trade association that pro- erence into local codes—BOMA requests specific action vides education and advocacy for property owners and from its members. managers, covering all types of buildings. The orga- Again, directly from the position paper: “BOMA PATRICK McLAUGHLIN is chief editor of Cabling Installation & International recommends that building owners and Maintenance. Maintenance. managers survey their buildings to identify unused ➤ www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 25 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 28.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F cable. If such wires exist, members should identify the wiring the local authority having jurisdiction.Though this author did by its rating (riser rated “CMR,” plenum rated “CMP”) and its not get an on-the-record comment concerning enforcement use (communications, alarm, security, etc.). The NEC 2002 and of abandoned-cable removal, some commented anonymously 2005 include language that allows some cabling to be retained that enforcement varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. if it is tagged for future use as long as it meets the permitted use criteria specified for cable installations (i.e., minimum of Words getting in the way? “CMR” and/or “CMP”). Any cable that does not meet the per- One potential reason for such unpredictable enforcement could mitted use specifications should be removed. be the sometimes-confounding wording within the NEC in which abandoned cable is referenced. The 2002 NEC includes Leasing language seven separate sections that mandate the cable’s removal, and The BOMA paper continues: “Your leases should clearly state an accompanying seven individual sections that define the that tenants must remove any cabling that is abandoned dur- term “abandoned cable.” ing the term of their tenancy, and/or your license agreements The seven sections of NEC 2002 that contain the definitions should require service providers to remove all wires upon the are: 640.2, 725.2, 760.2, 770.2, 800.2, 820.2, and 830.2. The termination of the contract. We recommend that you review seven sections with the removal language are: 640.3, 725.3, your leases and license agreements to ascertain exactly who 760.3, 770.3, 800.52, 820.3, and 830. The requirements for was responsible for the installation and/or abandoning of the removal are worded essentially the same, as follows: “The ac- cabling and whether you have recourse to recover any of the cessible portion of abandoned [application for which cables are funds needed to remove the wire. Next, make any amend- used, or cable type] cables shall not be permitted to remain.” ments necessary if you are not already protected by these Simply, the code-based requirements to remove abandoned agreements.” cables are not going away. How quickly those abandoned As BOMA pointed out to its membership, abandoned cable cables themselves are going away appears to depend on the is a code issue within those jurisdictions that have adopted tenacity of building owners/managers, along with the enforce- the 2002 or 2005 NEC. As such, it is subject to enforcement by ment procedures of the local AHJ. ____________ C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 29.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGSF LABELING DOESN’T GET ANY EASIER. NEW RHINO 6000. Exclusive features. Extreme control. Create labels on a PC and download to RHINO 6000. Or create and print your labels at the worksite. Either way, rugged and affordable RHINO 6000 simplifies labeling with advanced functions that are genuine time-savers. And RHINO labels stay stuck, long after you’re gone. • PC-connectivity for fast label downloads – and uploads for documentation purposes • Over 250 easy-to-find, pre-programmed industry terms and symbols save you time • ”Hot Keys” for instant wire and cable wraps, flags, vertical and fixed length labels, patch panels, distribution modules and more • Intuitive graphical interface lets you PC CONNECTIVITY create, edit and preview multiple labels on our largest backlit LCD • Save and recall over 1,000 custom labels including industry terms, graphics, logos WIN and symbols • Integrated impact bumpers • Prints on RHINO labels up to 1” wide www.rhinolabeling.com __________________ FOR YOUR ENTER YamahaTO WIN One of Five CHANCE Rhino 4x4s! © 2007 DYMO - A Newell Rubbermaid Company 29124 No purchase necessary to enter or win. A purchase will not increase your chance of winning. Open to legal residents of the 50 United States and D.C., age 21 or older. Void where prohibited. Enter online at www.rhinopromo.com between 12:00:00 am EST 3/8/07 and 11:59:59 pm EST 11/30/07 (“Promotion Period”), Details at www.rhinopromo.com or at participating industry tradeshows and retailer events during the Promotion Period. Subject to official rules available at www.rhinopromo.com. C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGSF
  • 30.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F Starting with an advantage. From day one, the new Tyco Electronics brings many advantages to our customers, investors, employees and communities. As a $12.8 billion company, with a 60-year head start, we’ve been at the forefront of the explosive growth in electronics worldwide. With nearly 100,000 employees in more than 45 countries, and a peerless reputation in engineering, our approximately 500,000 products include electronic components, network solutions and wireless systems. Tyco Electronics is committed to the technologies that bring advantages to everyone’s life every day. tycoelectronics.com TE Logo and Tyco Electronics are trademarks. C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 31.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F www.cable-install.com technology Twisted-pair options for 10-Gigabit Ethernet M any companies are planning to install networks with the ability to transmit 10-Gbit/sec Conducting appropriate tests will help ensure your medium of choice is ready for Ethernet to meet the ever-increas- ing demand for bandwidth and im- high-frequency, high-speed transmission. proved response times. The need for higher bandwidth first manifests itself in the back- bone cabling or in data centers. Shielded cabling systems are entering center stage in the promotional battles for market share. The question whether to select, specify, and install unshielded versus shielded has consequently become the topic of the day. The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE; www.ieee.org) completed and approved a new chapter in the Ethernet standard (802.3) to enable 10-Gbit/sec Ethernet transmission over twisted-pair cop- per cabling. This implementation, called 10GBase-T, is specified in a standard that supports both unshielded twisted-pair (UTP) and screened or fully shielded twist- ed-pair (STP) cabling systems. This article explains the transmission-performance requirements for the twisted-pair cabling system defined in the 10GBase-T standard. It will also discuss the following questions: Whether using Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) or newer Shielded • Is the familiar UTP cabling no longer a viable choice? Twisted Pair (STP) cabling, successful transmission depends on • Has shielded cabling become the new solution for high-quality workmanship, such as maintaining the twist rates high-speed applications like 10GBase-T? all the way into the jack. Twisted-pair transmission requirements ry 6 cabling standard defines the transmission perfor- To achieve the 10-Gbit/sec data rate, each wire pair mance of the cabling over the frequency range from in the twisted-pair cabling must be able to transmit 1 through 250 MHz. 800 million symbols per second (data rate of 800 Mega The cabling standards characterize the performance Baud). A “symbol” is a voltage level; a new symbol must of twisted-pair data cabling using a signal-to-noise be transmitted every 1.25 nanoseconds (or 1.25 billionth ratio (SNR) analysis. This method defines: of a second). To support this very high rate of signal • The minimum required signal strength (or the max- transmission, the cabling performance parameters are imum signal loss allowed) over the frequency range specified up to 500 MHz. In comparison, the Catego- of interest—in this case, over the range 1 through 500 MHz; HUGO DRAYE is marketing manager for Fluke Networks’ certification tools (www.flukenetworks.com). He holds a Master’s degree in electrical ____________ • A number of noise parameters or disturbances that engineering from the University of Louvain, Belgium, and an MBA from cannot exceed established values over the same fre- Seattle University. quency range. The specified noise parameters ➤ www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 29 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 32.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F are related to crosstalk between wire pairs in the cable and other cabling installation issues. IEEE 802.3an development signal reflection on each wire pair measured by the return has been completed and was approved by it standards board loss parameter. in June 2006. Because of the very high frequency range required for The cabling industry is undertaking two sets of activities: 10GBase-T, the crosstalk requirements must be expanded to • Guidelines for cabling compliance with the transmission include not only the crosstalk that happens between wire pairs requirements of 10GBase-T; within each cabling link, but also to include the crosstalk that • A new cabling standard that delivers better transmission is induced from wire pairs in adjacent cabling links. The lat- performance than Category 6, called Augmented Catego- ter is called alien crosstalk. The performance of each individ- ry 6 (Category 6A) or Augmented Class E (abbreviated ual cabling link is certified by the “in-channel” tests, while Class EA by the International Organization for Standard- the alien crosstalk performance or the coupling between wire ization [ISO]). pairs in adjacent links is to be certified by the “between-chan- In the North American market, the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA; www.tiaonline.org) is the lead- UTP vs. screened UTP cable construction ing standards body for data communications cabling. The ISO, UTP STP meanwhile, develops, publishes, and maintains standards for Conductor Conductor the worldwide market. Both standards bodies are involved Insulation Insulation with the two activities mentioned above. Pair Pair Sheath Pair shield Cabling guidelines for compliance with 10GBase-T Sheath The TIA published a document titled Telecommunications Systems Bulletin 155 (TIA TSB-155), which contains the S/UTP S/STP guidelines and performance criteria by which any cabling Conductor Conductor system can be evaluated for compliance with the cabling Insulation Insulation transmission requirements for 10GBase-T. The guidelines Pair Pair in TSB-155 address the in-channel performance (test Shield Pair shield parameters that define the performance of an individual Sheath Cable shield cabling link over the frequency range from 1 through Sheath 500 MHz) and the between-channel performance Source: Fluke Networks (signal coupling between adjacent links commonly referred Adding a foil shield around the four pairs of Unshielded Twisted Pair to as alien crosstalk). The ISO is in the process of creating a (UTP) creates Screened UTP (S/UTP). Wrapping a foil shield around Technical Report (TR 24750) that serves the same purpose, each pair creates Shielded Twisted Pair (STP). Screened STP (S/STP) and intends to provide the same guidance as the TIA adds a foil screen around all four shielded wire-pairs. TSB-155 document. (These guidelines do not suppose a specific Category or Class of cabling, but it will be nel” test parameters. difficult to meet the performance established by TSB-155 How can you be assured that the installed cabling system [TR 24750] for any cabling lower than Category 6 or Class E.) will support 10GBase-T transmission? Industry standards define the test parameters as well as the measurement method- New cabling standards ology to assure compliance of installed cabling systems. This Both TIA and ISO are developing a new cabling type called testing procedure is called cabling certification. Augmented Category 6 (Category 6A) or Augmented Class E (Class EA). This new cabling will offer better performance Applying the standards than Category 6 or Class E cabling. The performance of the The IEEE has been the organization to develop, expand, and in-channel and between-channel parameters will be defined maintain the “Ethernet” standards, in its 802.3 set of spec- up to 500 MHz. The standards activities that defi ne the Aug- ifications. IEEE project 802.3an developed and defined the mented cabling systems are not yet complete, even though system to transmit 10-GbE over twisted-pair cabling. This many manufacturers offer Category 6A (Class EA) solutions project encompasses all aspects of the network implementation, in the market. The TIA development is further along than the including the minimum capability of the cabling link between ISO development, and will be published as Addendum 10 to a transmitting device and a receiving device. The IEEE is the TIA standard 568-B.2 (TIA-568-B.2-10). This TIA docu- focused on the transmission performance of the end-to-end ment is, at the time of this writing, in Draft 7.0. cabling link independent of the number of connections or An important reason for the new cabling systems is ➤ 30 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 33.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F From copper to fiber, General Cable has a 10 Gigabit Ethernet solution for you. We’re proud to ® offer high-quality I want options. and ® cables that support 10 Gig, and can be customized to fit any network, including: • Backbone to horizontal drop • Outside plant to inside your data center • 37m to over 30km With more than 100 years of wire and cable experience, General Cable has the resources, product offerings and applications support you can depend on. General Cable has the solutions. Delivering Solutions that Keep You Connected (800) 424-5666 www.generalcable.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 34.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F that Category 6 cabling may not satisfy the between-chan- day network operations than cabling with merely good (say, nel performance (alien crosstalk performance), especial- 5 dB) margins? We believe the answer is, “No.” The distinc- ly for longer links. TSB-155 states that Category 6 “should” tion is not noticeable. It is true that a reasonable margin of a perform satisfactorily for links up to 37 meters long; it may few dB above the minimum requirements protects network well work up to 55 meters, and it may need some mitigation traffic from spurious and random EMI events that undoubt- if you want to run 10GBase-T over Category 6 links longer edly occur. Also, remember that the dB scale is not a linear than 55 meters. scale. For example, a worst-case alien crosstalk margin of In a real-world installation, the alien crosstalk performance 6 dB means that at the worst-performing frequency, the mea- of installed Category 6 cabling depends on many factors. The sured alien crosstalk signal is half of the allowable signal level for alien crosstalk. Do cabling systems with very good margins (15 dB or Considering unshielded more) perform better in everyday network operations In the selection process between than cabling with merely good (say, 5 dB) margins? We unshielded and a variety of screened and shielded cabling options, UTP believe the answer is, “No.” remains the more economical sys- tem. Installation contractors in the best advice we can give: Test alien crosstalk performance of North American market are familiar with unshielded ca- installed Category 6 cabling before deploying 10GBase-T. If ble types. Category 6A UTP may, however, bring a few new the links pass the requirements specified in TSB-155, they are challenges. ready to support 10GBase-T. One design goal for the Cate- Many of the Category 6A UTP implementations have big- gory 6A system states that it shall satisfy the alien crosstalk ger outside diameters, and the density in patch panels has performance for 10GBase-T for a full 100-meter horizon- decreased. The increased outside diameter (OD) creates a tal channel. greater distance between wire pairs in adjacent links, thereby reducing the between-channel signal coupling. A bigger OD Starting from scratch for the cabling does, however, affect the fill rate in ducts and A new cabling installation should be treated as a long-term pathways. An increase in the OD of 0.1 inch, from 0.25 inch investment. Electronic devices are typically replaced several to 0.35 inch, represents an increase in fi ll volume of 21%. It times within the lifespan of the cabling system. Replac- also affects the ease of handling and bending of cable bun- ing a cabling system is a much more disruptive and costly dles. If you select a UTP Category 6A cable with an increased project than exchanging network devices like switches and outside diameter, pathway layout, duct sizes, and cable sus- routers. You should, therefore, consider the best cabling pension should be designed to accommodate the OD param- system for the time horizon of your investment. In a new eter of the cable. data center design, this decision should favor a Category 6A Alien near-end crosstalk (NEXT) is susceptible to the per- cabling system. formance of the cabling near ends of the link, most noticeably As mentioned earlier, shielded cabling types are getting in patch cords, patch panels, and the wire management in the much attention in the Category 6A market. The standards racks. To alleviate or mitigate alien crosstalk problems in UTP do not favor UTP over STP construction. Instead, as was installations, the Category 6A patch panels support less den- explained earlier, the standards set performance limits sity and trade off that density for alien crosstalk performance for the in-channel transmission capability as well as for the by allowing more space between jacks in the panel. between-channel capability. Alien NEXT for UTP cabling can also be improved by We have witnessed the testing of many UTP cabling adjusting the practices of bundling in the wire management installations that fully meet the requirements spelled of the racks. Allowing more free flow between the cables and out in the proposed Category 6A standard. Th e shield- placing wraps or hook-and-loop ties a few feet apart, rather ing in the screened cable types offer better electromagnetic than a few inches apart, will help. Also, smaller bundles are interference (EMI) performance and diminishes the sig- more manageable and will require less time to conduct the nal coupling between wire pairs in adjacent cabling links. A alien crosstalk tests. shielded cabling installation, if properly installed, should offer better margins for the alien crosstalk tests. Shielded/screened options This raises an interesting question: Do cabling systems with It is important to note that there are several different varieties very good margins (15 dB or more) perform better in every- of shielded cabling, and that a series of new acronyms has ➤ 32 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 35.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F PROVEN EXPERIENCE IN SCREENED AND SHIELDED CABLING 10Gb/s SCREENED AND SHIELDED SYSTEMS SINCE 1999 OVER A MILLION SCREENED AND SHIELDED PORTS INSTALLED SUPPORT BUILT ON GLOBAL EXPERIENCE By now you know the benefits of screened and shielded cabling - superior 10Gb/s performance, elimination of alien crosstalk, reduced cable diameters, less restrictive installation practices and more. But what about the company behind the products? Siemon has produced and installed 10Gb/s screened and shielded cabling systems since 1999. And now, as they gain popularity, you can count on Siemon’s industry-leading experience and support to help you install a superior 10Gb/s cabling solution...In the end, experience counts. CONNECTING THE WORLD TO A HIGHER STANDARD W W W . S I E M O N . C O M _________________________ C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 36.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F emerged to describe the different cable types. In the most com- other codes enforced by local jurisdictions. mon construction type, the wire pairs are fully covered with In the field, you can verify that the ground potential meets a metal foil. This construction used to be called FTP (foiled the difference requirement before you connect the other end. twisted-pair) or ScTP (screened twisted-pair) but is now often Connect the shield at one end, then measure the alternating- referred to as F/UTP (foiled/unshielded twisted-pair) or S/UTP current voltage between the shield and the ground connection (screened/unshielded twisted-pair). An alternate construction at the other end using a digital voltmeter that covers a band- provides a foil around each individual wire pair. And the Cat- width of 100 kHz or better. egory 7 cable construction provides a foil around each wire The performance in or near the patch panels plays a sig- pair, then a foil around the four foil-screened wire pairs and nificant role in maintaining the effectiveness and protection lastly, a braided screen woven of thin wire around that out- delivered by a shielded cable. Installation workmanship and side foil. This cable construction is also called SSTP (shielded experience play a big role in the quality of the installed sys- screened twisted-pair). The flexibility and manageability of tem. Field certification verifies that the desired quality has SSTP is much less than that of UTP. been delivered. The foil screen or shielding is effective in preventing high- Shielded cabling may also require additional testing in frequency signal interference between wire pairs in adjacent Power over Ethernet (PoE) applications because the shielding cables. Good cable balance offers great immunity from inter- tends to retain heat within the cable, which increases return loss ference caused by lower-frequency signals. To obtain these and reduces cable life. The proposed 802.3at standard, which benefits from screens, you must follow a number of very increases the maximum PoE power from 13 watts to 30 watts, important installation practices. The key concerns are the makes this issue more critical. 802.3at will set maximum shield must fully surround the wire pairs in the cable from temperature limits for unshielded cabling but does not yet end to end, and must provide proper grounding. address shielded cabling. The shield must be kept intact over the entire length of the Because PoE is not often used within data centers, the use cable, and must fully surround the cable and connecting hard- of shielded cabling in the data center sidesteps this potential ware. If the shield is, for example, formed into a pigtail over problem. If PoE is run over shielded cabling, the cable should the last inch of the cable, it will reduce the protection against be tested periodically for return loss to assess whether any EMI and alien crosstalk. In addition, avoid splitting the shield thermal damage may have occurred. at sharp bends in the cable. The shield is typically a ribbon of aluminum foil that is wrapped around the cable. If the cable is Shielding against aliens bent at too sharp of a radius, the shield may separate, thereby The IEEE 10GBase-T standard includes requirements for reducing the effectiveness of the shield and its ability to pro- cabling; the TIA TSB-155 and ISO TR 24750 documents tect against alien crosstalk. incorporate these requirements. The new cabling standards The shield must be grounded on both ends of the link. It is under development—Category 6A and Class EA—aim to deliver often said that a shield is 90% effective when it is grounded a future-ready cabling system that supports the full at one end of the link. Such a shield continues to protect the 100-meter channel requirements for 10GBase-T. These new wire pairs against many external high-frequency disturbances, standards also aim to support possible future developments. but an open-ended shield may allow resonances at certain We can predict that alien crosstalk performance is going to be frequencies. A resonance creates the chance that the signals part of any future high-speed network application. Because of the couple into the data wire pairs, creating a significant alien emphasis on alien crosstalk, screened/shielded cabling types crosstalk disturbance at those individual frequencies. Field are gaining attention in the market. Properly installed shield- certification may record very low margins for alien crosstalk ing enhances EMI performance in general and alien crosstalk at those frequencies. performance in particular. Because the shield should be terminated to ground at both Certification testing has always been an important part of ends, it is critical that the ground potential at both ends is cabling deployment. It becomes a very important step if you approximately the same to avoid any ground-loop currents. are interested in deploying 10GBase-T over installed twisted- The TIA-607 standard on grounding and bonding allows a pair cabling. Certification of new Augmented cabling systems, maximum difference in ground potential of 1 Vrms (Volt root whether constructed with unshielded or shielded components, mean square) between the two ends. This rule requires that delivers the assurance that the cable system is ready to sup- the telecommunications system is grounded throughout in port 10GBase-T and beyond. In-channel testing should be compliance with the TIA-607 standard and that the electrical performed on 100% of the links, and alien crosstalk test- system in the building is correctly grounded and fully com- ing should be performed on a selected number of disturbed plies with rules spelled out in the National Electrical Code and cables in the cabling installation. 34 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 37.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F CABLING SYSTEMS MANUFACTURING AND DISTRIBUTION cabling systems Modular Plugs Patch Cords Copper Cables Patch Panels Fiber Optic Cables Optical Connectors Cross Connection Cable Trays Installation Accessories Access Floor Cabinets and Racks Tools EXCELLENT QUALITY, REASONABLE PRICE, FAST DELIVERY Hyperline Systems 2212 Gladwin Crescent, unit C7, Ottawa, Ontario, K1B 5N1, Canada Phone: 1-613-736-8500, toll-free: 1-866-63-HYPER (1-866-634-9737), fax: 1-613-736-9752 www.hyperline.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 38.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F P R E - T E R M I N AT E D , PRE-TESTED, PRE-ANYONE ELSE. PROVEN PERFORMANCE. PROVEN RELIABILITY. RAPIDNET. When it comes to pre-terminated network cabling solutions, HellermannTyton is the leader. Pioneering the first Category 6 pre-terminated network cabling system, HellermannTyton has, for years, delivered successful RapidNet installations across the globe – including leading US data centers in government, financial, healthcare, educational and enterprise applications. RapidNet is available in copper and fiber modular configurations and offers the time tested performance and reliability required for system critical applications. Assuring on-time project completion in the most demanding circumstances, RapidNet has been verified to reduce installation time by 85% over traditional methods. RapidNet has been proven in the field, now let us prove to you how RapidNet can enhance your business. Go online for more information and register for your free “Proven in the Field” t-shirt, www.hellermann.tyton.com/cm1 phone: [80 0] 822 4352 email: info@htamericas.com w w w. h e l l e r m a n n .t y t o n . c o m /c m1 ____________________ C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 39.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F www.cable-install.com data center Products and technologies meeting myriad challenges T he technological food chain that is the data center yields chal- lenges at every turn. Over the past Latest innovations aim to alleviate problems associated with cable management, power consumption, security and, oh- several months, we have detailed by-the-way, signal transmission. on these pages the myriad consid- erations that go into planning, deploying, and admin- automated access control and monitoring. Managed istering networks and their structured cabling systems with soft ware via Ethernet connection, the system elim- within data centers. High-density networks using blade inates keys by assigning each user with access codes servers present concerns that include cable manage- or proximity cards to open ment, power use, and potentially cabinet security. specific cabinets, while And that is just the proverbial tip of the iceberg. maintaining a detailed On a monthly basis, we try to show you glimpses of data log of access attempts, the “bottom of the iceberg” for professionals tasked with configuration changes, administering data center cabling systems. This month, and modifications to we take a look at some of the most recently introduced cabinet handles. Com- products and technologies that focus specifically on ponents include a com- data center transmission and administration. munications module, electronic lock upgrade High capacity fiber manager kit, electronic lock module, keypad module, and The company’s FiberGuide fiber management system proximity card reader. Each Electronic Locking now includes a 24 x 4-inch system, doubling the network System is customized to meet specific data center capacity of typical 12-inch systems. requirements. FiberGuide is designed to protect CHATSWORTH PRODUCTS and route optical-fiber patch cords, www.chatsworth.com multi-fiber cable assemblies, and intra-facility fiber cable to and Web-enabled power control from fiber splice enclosures, dis- The iBootBar remote power distribution and manage- tribution frames, and fiber-optic ment solution lets you reboot or power-control remote terminal devices. It also is built to ensure that a 2-inch telecom equipment via an IP network using and Internet minimum bend radius is maintained throughout. browser. It provides control of eight A/C power outlets, ADC www.adc.com Cabinet security system The Electronic Locking System for the company’s and each can be turned on, off, or cycled for power-on line of cabinets is an IP-addressable locking solution reset. A serial port or optional internal modem (sup- designed to increase data center security by providing ports data and voice) provides out-of-band access when PATRICK MCLAUGHLIN is chief editor and STEVE SMITH is executive the network is unavailable. Supporting Telnet, SNMP, editor of Cabling Installation & Maintenance. SMTP, and SSL security, iBootBar can be configured ➤ www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 37 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 40.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F to monitor networked equipment and tor, enabling longer reach, thinner cable will automatically reboot the equipment interconnects, and reducing kilowatts in in the event of a system freeze. the data center. Combining a four-chan- DATAPROBE nel equalizer with integrated higher layer www.dataprobe.com functionality designed to ensure full com- pliance with the QSFP specification, the Data center power reducer technology eliminates the need to con- QLx4000 Lane Extender ICs are em- vert to fiber-optics. These Lane Extend- bedded in an ultra-small QSFP (quad ers come in a 4 x 7-mm package, and can small-form-factor pluggable) connec- be integrated in any cable shell, line card, or backplane. Fully embeddable units fea- ture 240 mW power dissipation and 10 to 34 Gbits/sec bandwidth range. QUELLAN INC. www.quellan.com 10-Gbit/sec patch cord These 10-Gbit/sec-capable, RJ-45-style patch cords feature a proprietary color- coded snap-on clip that can be added or removed while the plug is inserted or dis- engaged, allowing improved flexibility in patch field identification and manage- ment. The 10G 6A F/UTP MC cords in- clude an ultra-slim boot designed for tight side-stackability in high density patching environments, such as blade servers. The boot provides integrated “cantilevered” latch protection that limits snagging when removing cords and allows the latch to be operated from further back on the plug. The plug also features an enhanced strain relief boot designed to ensure proper bend radius, flexibility, and boot retention. Coupled with the company’s patented cross-pair metallic isolator and 360-de- gree crimp, the plug maintains cable pair geometry and eliminates deformation. As part of a 10G 6A F/UTP end-to-end channel, these MC cords meet or exceed all 10GBase-T standard requirements, including alien crosstalk parameters. _________________ SIEMON www.siemon.com 38 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 41.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F Built with your system in mind. UFS from Cablofil is a wire mesh tray system for www.cablofil.com 800-658-4641 underfloor cable management that’s adaptable to any 8319 State Route 4 installation. It’s self-supporting so it won’t void the warranty Mascoutah, IL 62258 USA of your floor and 2’ tray sections can be installed through a single floor opening. Multiple height supports are available in kits, making UFS easy to order and install. And UFS integrates with our 10’ tray — an industry first. UNDER FLOOR CABLE MANAGEMENT MADE EASY. C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 42.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F wireless www.cable-install.com WLAN goes fat to thin and back again A s the wireless LAN (WLAN) industry looks ahead to the high speeds promised by the IEEE 802.11n protocol When the industry moved to centralized wireless solutions with switch-based controllers, many thought the war and the growing expectation for more between “fat” and “thin” was over. But critical applications to successfully run over wireless, the architectures now it appears the battle is still on. are evolving. Legacy Wi-Fi networks aimed at the enterprise mar- traditional WAPs were first used for critical vertical ketplace included autonomous “fat” wireless access applications, such as inventory management, and were points (WAPs) that didn’t offer adequate management, a huge benefit to several types of businesses. security, and roaming capabil- As the number of WAPs increased, ities. Later, centralized systems however, they became increasingly used “thin” WAPs and moved the difficult and time-consuming to intelligence and security policies to manage. Manual configuration a main switch-based controller to of each WAP was often required get around the challenges experi- to set power level, channel, and enced with legacy systems. security policies. In addition, many But the war between “fat” and encountered security breach- “thin” may not be over. Some in the es due to fi rst-generation secu- industry are discovering that the rity standards that proved to be centralized controller approach easily broken. may not be the best architecture to “The security issue with traditional handle the ever-increasing number fat WAPs wasn’t so much based on of Wi-Fi users, demand for faster the architecture and the fact that wireless speeds, and emerging the intelligence resided in the WAP, Wi-Fi applications. but more because the security stan- Is it possible that wireless LAN dards were not robust at that time,” technology is coming full circle says Frans Versluis, senior manager with intelligence being put back of wireless marketing for ADC into the WAP? (www.adc.com). In addition to __________ Ortronics’ centralized wireless system features security and management issues, Losing the fat the very small Wi-Jack WAP that works in con- the process of having to re-authen- The first autonomous WAPs were junction with an Aruba Networks’ controller. ticate with each WAP when roam- stand-alone devices with routing ing provided limited mobility. capabilities able to handle everything from network To solve the management, security, and mobility processing and radio-frequency (RF) communica- issues, a centralized management approach was needed tion to authentication and encryption. Many of these to perform signal and channel adjustments and set BETSY ZIOBRON is a freelance writer and regular contributor to Cabling security and roaming policies from one central location. Installation & Maintenance. She can be reached at: bziobron@comcast.net Maintenance. Functionality and intelligence was moved from the ➤ 40 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 43.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F SHIELDED Leviton makes it easy. The highest level of security: Leviton’s Shielded Solution. Our Rockwell Encompass™ Approved products secure critical data in sensitive environments including Government, Department of Defense, and Healthcare. Our Shielded Solution improves isolation of data signals. This protects your information by reducing signal emissions from inside your network and reducing Electromagnetic (EMI) and Radio Frequency Interference (RFI) from outside your network. Cat 6 connectors are IEEE 802.3an compliant when used with approved cable suppliers. For more information call, 800.922.6229 or visit www.leviton.com. LEVITON’S SHIELDED CONNECTIVITY SOLUTION Rockwell Encompass™ Approved Features 1RU 24-port patch panel No 110 punch-down tool required Used in conjunction with STP cabling Durable connector housing Protects against EMI & RFI leviton.com :: 800.922.6229 :: FAX 425.483.5270 ISO 9001:2000 registered quality manufacturer :: © 2007 Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 44.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F WAP to a centralized WLAN controller, which is essentially is transmitted wirelessly from the client to the WAP and then a switch responsible for WAP configuration and administer- over the structured cabling system to the controller. ing security policies while also routing data packets from and Panduit teamed up with Cisco Systems in late 2005 to deliver to the WAPs. the Panduit Wireless Connection Solution, a combination of “In the past, the mentality in the enterprise was that wire- Cisco’s WAPs, controllers, and antennas, and Panduit’s WAP less would be used for isolated locations, with a few WAPs to “Most people are underwhelmed with the performance cover open areas and conference rooms,” says Bob Elliot, product of Wi-Fi networks and would rather connect to the development manager at Panduit (www.panduit.com). “Distributed ____________ wired network. Users are wanting to do more than just systems with intelligent WAPs worked well for that. When cus- e-mail and browsing over the wireless LAN, and putting tomers began looking for ways to use wireless technology through- more intelligence at the edge actually improves speed.” out the entire enterprise, the model changed to having several tens or even hundreds of WAPs. enclosures, PoE patch panels, and connectivity. The system That’s when customers realized that programming WAPs is available with either distributed (fat) or centralized (thin) from one centralized controller made more sense.” WAPs to suit various types of deployment. “Customers are now talking wired and wireless in the same Getting into thin sentence,” says Panduit’s Elliot. “You can’t separate the two, Vendors such as Cisco (www.cisco.com) and Aruba Networks which is why Panduit now offers both wireless and wired (www.arubanetworks.com) led the way with solutions.” centralized controller-based systems, and This year, Belden (www.belden.com) many cabling and connectivity vendors entered the wireless networking either jumped on board with their own arena with even “thinner” WAPs. offerings or teamed up with Cisco The Belden Wireless Solution fea- and Aruba. Ortronics/Legrand tures what is known as chan- (www.ortronics.com), for ex- ______________ nel blanket technology, which ample, was the fi rst structured is deployed using edge switch cabling company to market a architecture (see figure, “Four- centralized wireless system (in radio WAP topology, page 44). late 2004) when they teamed up Th is setup prevents having to with Aruba Networks (see pho- send packets back along the to, page 40). The Ortronics so- structured cabling to a central- lution includes their own Power ized controller, which ironically over Ethernet (PoE) injectors and is considered one of the key dual-band/dual-radio Wi-Jack benefits of moving back to fat WAPs that work in conjunction with WAPs (see figure, “Connecting Aruba Networks’ controllers. WAPs without centralized controller”, “The Aruba controller manages each Wi-Jack page 44). by downloading the configuration to the WAP,” explains ADC’s WFX Wi-Fi In this scenario, the WAPs are so Tony Walker, wireless marketing manager for Ortronics/ Array features an simple that they do not even require Legrand. “Users can automatically manage the number of embedded control- a MAC or IP address, and they are users, power levels, and the coverage area based on defined ler with integrated directly connected to the edge switch that thresholds. If a WAP goes out of service, the controller recog- 802.11b/g and makes all packet routing and security nizes that, because every 30 nanoseconds, it’s communicating 802.11a WAPs in decisions while delivering PoE to the with the WAP—and if it doesn’t get a response, it automatically one device. WAPs. The Belden technology allows powers up the surrounding WAPs to cover the area.” each WAP to operate on the same chan- According to Walker, the Wi-Jack WAPs are connected nel to create channel blankets with no co-channel interfer- through the structured cabling system so that the data stream ence or latency, as opposed to the more common method 42 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 45.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F of individual Wi-Fi cells. The company says this scenario on the network. And if I’m transferring a file to a person using allows for easily increasing the density of WAPs to provide the same WAP on the same network, it makes sense for the more capacity. data stream to bypass the structured cabling and controller by “In our wireless solution, the WAPs basically become going to the WAP and then directly to the other person. Th is just antennas, similar to An intelligent “fat” array a distributed antenna system,” explains Brad • 12 60˚ sectors provide 100% A12 Listening only RF overlap for redundancy A1 ABG1 A1 Meeks, director of wire- A1 and failover 1 0 A2 less marketing for Belden. = ABG4 ABG3 + + A9 A8 A4 A3 • One non-overlapping channel per sector “Association between the A6 A5 A7 ABG2 • High-gain antenna system for client and the network never increased range occurs at the WAP, but at the edge switch.” ADC’s WFX-3900 Array is an intelligent “fat” WAP that features an embedded controller with four 802.11b/g Meeks adds, “Depending and twelve 802.11a integrated WAPs to provide a maximum of 864 Mbits/sec of throughput for a larger area. on the density, a client may be communicating with two or three WAPs at any given time. is why some vendors are moving some processing intelligence When the client sends data, it is the edge switch that decides in back out to the WAP.” real time on a packet-by-packet basis which WAP the packet is received from. The switch bases that decision on sev- Coming around again eral parameters, including interference, number of users, Trapeze Networks (www.trapezenetworks.com) is one com- and capacity.” pany contributing to this trend. Their Smart Mobile WLAN Belden’s solution includes two-radio WAPs to provide two architecture features WAPs that can perform encryption, separate channel blankets that can be set up as two sepa- enforce policy, and forward data, depending on application rate networks—ideal for specifying one channel for voice and needs. According to the company, this offloads some of the another for data. Later this year, the company will introduce a controller’s responsibility, leaving it free to enforce more four-radio WAP, PoE extender, and management console soft- stringent policies and enable fast, seamless identity-based ware for monitoring and configuring each edge switch. roaming. Recent industry buzz has focused on moving intelligence ADC’s WFX Enterprise Wi-Fi Solution is an example of a back into the WAP to either eliminate or reduce the use of a cabling and connectivity vendor supporting the idea of in- telligence in the WAP Third-generation WAP architecture (see figure, “An in- Independent access points WLAN switch WLAN array First generation: 1998-2001 Second generation: 2001-2005 Third generation: 2006-future telligent ‘fat’ array,” above). ADC’s WFX Wi-Fi Array com- bines an embedded controller and up to 16 WAPs in a single device to provide higher capacity over a larger coverage area— • “Fat” access points • “Thin” access points with • Array controller and • 802.11b dominant centralized switch integrated access points up to 864 Mbits/sec • Lacked centralized management • Addressed management and • Capacity and coverage maximized according to the com- security issues • Fewer devices, cost effective and simple pany (see photo page • Complicated and expensive 42, and figure “Third- ADC’s WLAN Array is a third generation device that puts the intelligence back into the WAP yet integrates several sector- generation WAP ized antennas to increase signal range and capacity. architecture,” left). “The controller re- switch-based controller. While still a proponent of centralized sides within the array, has one MAC address, and acts as systems for their features and capacity through dense deploy- a switch with up to 2-Gbit switching capability,” explains ment, Ortronics’ Walker is noticing the same trend: “If you ADC’s Versluis. “We still take advantage of centralized capabil- have a controller managing 48 WAPs, that’s a lot of congestion ities by providing an out-of-band management platform ➤ www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 43 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 46.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F that allows users to push out pro- files, radio settings, and security “As we move to the higher speeds offered by 802.11n information to each array.” and running more mission critical applications over Wi-Fi, Comparable to the differ- ence between a light bulb and do we really want to be backhauling all that traffic over a f lashlight, instead of using omni-directional antennas the LAN to a centralized controller?” that distribute signal equally in all directions, ADC’s WFX arrays feature sectorized os in the array.” According to Versluis, eliminating the antennas that focus signal in one direction over a longer controller an packing more radios into one device reduces distance. costs and simplifies deployment because there are significant- “A person sitting at 2 o’clock from the array would con- ly fewer devices required. nect through one of the array’s radios while someone at A new company, Aerohive Networks (www.aerohive.com), _____________ 6 o’clock would connect to another,” explains Versluis. recently put even more intelligence back into the WAP with “Anyone that stays within that 125,000-square-foot space the introduction of the “cooperative control” HiveAPs that never hits the wired network or has to worry about roam- act as switches and share information with each other over ing because the embedded controller manages all the radi- both wired and wireless media, completely eliminating the use of a switch-based control- ler (see photo, and figure, Connecting WAPs without centralized controller HiveAP cooperative control,” Cell-based system core architecture Channel blanket edge architecture page 46). In this solution, the company says, each individual LAN backbone Core ethernet LAN backbone HiveAP features cooperative switch control soft ware that provides Edge ethernet enterprise-class roaming, RF switch Edge ethernet Patch cable management, mesh networking, switch Patch cables WLAN L2 best-path forwarding, security, switch with PoE PoE injector WLAN switch IP1 and quality of service at the net- IP4 MAC4 MAC1 works’ edge. Direct Category 5e cable Direct Category 5e cable 3 Switch ports “Routers have information 3 PoE ports about the best route they can 3 IP addresses AP IP1 AP IP2 AP IP3 AP AP AP take for transmitting data; MAC1 MAC2 MAC3 Source: Belden we do that with our WAPs,” explains Stephen Philip, senior The Belden Wireless Solution connects very simple WAPs directly to an edge switch to eliminate the use of a director of marketing for Aero- centralized controller residing in the core network. hive Networks. “We can con- nect as many HiveAPs to the Four-radio WAP topology wired network as we like, and these WAPs also mesh together Channel blankets to communicate wirelessly as Channel 1 well. Th is allows cooperative with increased throughput RF control and automatic chan- Channel 6 nel selection between WAPs in with increased throughput the same hive, as well as the Channel 11 ability to intelligently pass with increased throughput user credentials from one WAP Rogue access point detection to neighboring WAPs for seam- less roaming.” Source: Belden The company also offers a By having WAPs all on the same channel, Belden’s 4-radio WAPs create four separate channel blankets that HiveManager appliance to pro- can act as individual networks with no co-channel interference or roaming latency. vide a single management ➤ 44 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 47.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F Introducing Tri-Porter ™ (voice/data/video) The first triple-play tester that DSL-safe telephone test set network tester tone generator cable tester/verifier tone detector/cable finder coax mapper replaces 6 traditional testers. Tri-Porter™ is the ultimate “Triple Play” solution with over 50 separate features and capabilities that will make your job of assuring customers’ cabling systems easier than ever before. It combines a world-class speakerphone butt set with a full ethernet network tester that has active network negotiation capabilities, as well as line testing at 100Mbits to qualify VoIP. The video/coax tests include a unique tone generation technology that will let you trace signals thru splitters, traps and filters to find the other end of a cable link. It further detects RF energy and measures signal strength Tri-Porter™ (IVT600) includes a handy carrying case, along with of cable runs. Tri-Porter™ handles a full range of physical the 20-piece wiremapping sets, wiring tests for the fast, efficient delivery of IP-based voice, for remote discovery of telephone, data and video services for either the home or small office. network and coax cables. The perfect 21st century tool for 21st century needs. www.test-um.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 48.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F interface for config- uration, updates, and device Aerohive’s HiveAPs act as but are optimistic that the monitoring. switches and share infor- wireless LAN industry “The key difference between our system and a mation with one another will not move back to fat centralized control- ler-based system is that our over both wired and wire- WAPs. “It’s more difficult HiveManager is not a switch; it is only used to con- less media. to do a dense deployment figure the wireless net- work,” says Philip. “You can with fat WAPs, and the then turn it off, and the wireless network centralized model offers still functions because the capacity and ease of the WAPs move the management that cus- packets and make the tomers are looking decisions on who is for,” says Ortron- allowed where. In con- i c s / L e g r a n d ’s trast, if you turn off a Walker. “Howev- switch-based controller, the er, a year ago, the wireless LAN is down.” discussion was over and everybody was on board with Battle still on centralized solutions. Now, some people are In the the war between “fat” and “thin,” questioning if they really need all they’re buying with many solutions seem to lie somewhere be- tween like a centralized solution, or if maybe there’s something in Belden’s solution that features thin WAPs, yet eliminates the between.” use of a centralized controller by connecting WAPs directly to an edge switch. Cost, of course, continues to be a key issue Back to being fat? in this battle, and the idea that thin WAPs with switch-based Walker adds, “While I foresee some segmentation in the mar- controllers are cheaper may be a misconception. ket where fat WAPs may be ideal for customers that care more “Thin WAPs have always been thought to be cheaper, but about coverage and less about capacity, I don’t foresee the in- today’s equivalent autonomous and thin WAPs are dustry moving back to fat WAPs.” essentially the same price, and the controller is still very But ADC’s Versluis disagrees: “Others are now doing what expensive,” says Aerohive’s Philip. “The idea that we would we’ve been advocating for a long time. We don’t believe in have a major cost reduction at the WAP by moving the intel- sending every packet back along the wired network when ligence to a centralized switch didn’t really eventuate.” people are communicating wirelessly, which is why we’re Proponents of centralized systems see the recent trends not a proponent of putting the switch anywhere but at the edge.” HiveAP cooperative control Versluis continues, “Most people are under- whelmed with the performance of Wi-Fi net- Wired LAN works and would rather connect to the wired network. Users are wanting to do more than just e-mail and browsing over the wireless LAN, and putting more intelligence at the edge actually im- proves speed.” Aerohives’ Philip concludes, “There are many dis- Wireless LAN advantages to a controller-based approach. First of all, the controller is a single point of failure for the wireless LAN, and it’s an extremely expensive de- vice. Adding extra controllers for redundancy, and Wired connection Layer 2 Ethernet switch having one controller for each branch office that HiveAP Wireless connection Cooperative Layer 3 Ethernet switch only requires a few WAPs is extremely cost-pro- control signaling Source: Aerohive hibitive. And as we move to the higher speeds of- fered by 802.11n and running more mission critical Aerohive’s WLAN system is based on what the company calls cooperative-control applications over Wi-Fi, do we really want to be technology, which the company says provides enterprise-class roaming, RF manage- backhauling all that traffic over the LAN to a cen- ment, mesh networking, best-path forwarding, security, and quality of service. tralized controller?” 46 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 49.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F Utilizing Fiber Optics with Data Center Copper Electronics WEBCAST Are your cable trays about to collapse from copper cable over- load? Learn how you can save more space in your data center’s 7 200 cable trays by moving from copper cabling to fiber-optic cabling T 1, GUS EGISTRATION webcast while utilizing your current copper equipment infrastructure. AU REE R This webcast will show you how you can reduce the space you F com/ tall. need for cabling by 93% and lower your cooling costs. bleingins NOW! ww.ca N UP Join Corning Cable Systems and Transition Networks to learn w SIG about integrating fiber optics into your data center while leverag- ing your copper electronics. The two industry leaders have joined to develop the highest-density Gigabit Ethernet media conversion solution available today with the scalability, reliability and rapid deployment advantages of plug & play universal systems. Date: August 1, 2007, Time: 1:00 p.m. EDT Moderated by: Patrick McLaughlin, Chief Editor, Cabling Installation & Maintenance Sponsored by: _________ Photo Credit: BigStockPhoto.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 50.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F MicroScanner 2. Envision cable verification raised to a higher power. Introducing MicroScanner2 – a revolutionary way to verify voice/data/video cabling and services. It streamlines verification testing by displaying key results – wiremap, pair lengths, cable ID and distance to fault – all on one bright oversized screen. Plus, its built-in RJ11, RJ45, and coax ports test virtually any low- voltage cable with no need for adapters. With all this plus 10/100/1000 Ethernet, POTS, and PoE service detection, it’s clear this is one high- powered tester that’s going to streamline your voice/data/video testing in a blink of an eye. Take a virtual demo today. Visit www.flukenetworks.com/SeeMicroScanner2 and find out how you can win one for yourself. MicroScanner2 C a b l e Ve r i f i e r N E T W O R K S U P E R V I S I O N ©2007 Fluke Corporation. All rights reserved. 02114 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 51.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F Compiled by Steve Smith Anixter lab integrates networking, security A 4,000-square-foot lab designed to educate, demonstrate, and eval- uate networking and security infra- Leatherwood, senior vice president of marketing for Anixter Enterprise structure products has been unveiled Cabling and Security at telecom distributor Anixter’s (www. ___ Solutions. anixter.com) corporate headquarters in The ISL will be staffed Glenview, IL. by professionals who are The UL-certified Infrastructure Solu- experienced in a variety tions Lab (ISL) replaces separate network- of technologies. Custom- ing and security labs with an integrated ers can evaluate a variety facility designed to reflect actual use of networking and securi- of the latest technologies being used in ty infrastructure solutions the field. Anixter says the lab employs in a “real world” environ- current security and networking “best ment so that they can Anixter’s Infrastructure Solutions Lab lets users evaluate numer- practices,” and highlights standards and select the systems that ous networking and security infrastructure solutions in a “real technologies being deployed in actual will best suit their needs. world” demonstration/evaluation environment before choosing a networking and security installations. Specifically, Anixter system for their specific needs. The facility also features enterprise says, the lab will dem- cabling and security solutions available onstrate networking and security prod- ucation and evaluation areas, the lab from the company’s key manufacturer ucts running over a single IP network, will build on “industry firsts” uncov- partners. the amount of bandwidth an IP camera ered by previous Anixter labs, includ- “The fact that we present solutions in or other device will take up on a partic- ing defining performance levels for UTP a vendor-neutral environment means ular network, and the impact that en- cabling, developing non-destructive that customers can make critical busi- vironmental effects will have on overall patch cord testing, and simulating ac- ness decisions based on real-world test- cabling performance. tual network applications over copper ing and unbiased analysis,” says Steve With separate demonstration, ed- and fiber cabling. Big Blue digging deep for Big Green data center purge R edirecting $1 billion per year across tiative targets IBM’s own eight million ters within the next three years without its businesses worldwide, IBM square feet of data centers in six conti- increasing power consumption or its car- (www.IBM.com) has unveiled a data nents, as well as clients around the world. bon footprint. center energy-reduction plan that could Through the project, IBM expects to dou- But rather than doubling the size of its achieve 42% energy savings for “Big Blue” ble the computing capacity of its data cen- data centers by building out new space, and its clients. IBM expects the initiative will For an average 25,000-square-foot help save more than five bil- data center, the company says, the proj- lion kilowatt hours of energy ect’s anticipated savings could equate to per year. as much as 7,439 tons of carbon emis- “Many data centers have now sions per year. reached full capacity, limiting a Dubbed “Project Big Green,” the ini- firm’s ability to grow and make necessary capital investments,” IBM’s Project Big Green initiative aims to explains Mike Daniels, senior achieve a 42% energy savings for a typical vice president of IBM Global 25,000-square-foot data center. Technology Services. “We are ➤ www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 49 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 52.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F Flexible racks meet military media center specs T hirty-eight Stantron Broadcast Rack equipment racks from APWMayville (www.stantronracks.com) were recently installed at the Soldiers Media Center in Arlington, VA, which produces numer- ous news and public affairs programs for military personnel around the world. The Center distributes its information through the American Forces Network via IP and satellite, and to public access cable television. The flexible Stantron racks house vid- eo and audio routers, satellite receivers, Avid server components, patching, cam- era control and switching electronics, and a variety of recording, playback, and duplication equipment. Installed by Pro- Flexibility in the design of Stantron racks from APWMayville enabled a smooth installation at the fessional Products Inc. of Gaithersburg, Soldiers Media Center in Arlington, VA, where 36 customized units house everything from video MD, 26 of the racks were deployed in the routers and satellite receivers to camera control and switching electronics. main broadcast technical core, six in the IT portion of the technical core, three in accommodate servers and data routing id rear doors that are designed to create the studio control room (pictured), and equipment, was another bonus.” environmental security—moving cool air three in the video dub room. APWMayville delivered the racks with through the racks to maintain an ideal “The integration of a patchbay solid side panels for the end of each rack operating environment for the Media cabling system, as requested by Soldiers row, copper bus ground bars, and sol- Center’s active equipment. Media Center, places extreme impor- tance on cable management through- out the technical core,” explains Steve Wireless Gigabit Ethernet on-the-fly Losquadro, director of project manage- ment for Professional Products. “The 36- inch depth of the Stantron racks, along N ew technology in BridgeWave Communications’ (www.bridgewave.com) line of 100-Mbits/sec wireless links now let you upgrade in the field to Gigabit Eth- ernet simply by activating a web-enabled software key. with customized two-inch wooden fur- Both the FE80U and FE80XU point-to-point bridges, when at Gigabit Ethernet ring strips that were a special customer speeds, include the company’s proprietary AdaptRate technolo- request, afforded our integrations team gy that switches capacity from Gigabit Ethernet to 100 Mbits/ with the flexibility and room to properly sec transmission to provide continuous operation, even dur- run cables inside and between racks, ing intense downpours. and ensure that the equipment could be “It’s now possible to extend network capacity to full Gigabit properly cooled, maintained, and re-en- Ethernet bandwidth without time-consuming and expen- gineered after we left the site.” sive hardware upgrades,” says Gregg Levin, Bridge- The furring strips were secured into Wave’s senior vice president and chief marketing officer. BridgeWave’s FE80U and notches on the sides of the racks and, The bridge technology, Levin adds, “enables enterprise FE80XU point-to-point Losquadro says, “this provided the users to start out with highly economical 100-Mbits/sec bridges now incorporate two-inch gap between each rack in the capacity and then upgrade to full Gigabit Ethernet rates software-based technology technical core that helped us meet our as bandwidth needs grow.” that enables an upgrade integration challenges.” Designed as a “future-proof” alternative to traditional from 100-Mbits/sec Added Jim Hatcher, Professional Prod- 100-Mbits/sec, 18 to 38-GHz links, the point-to-point network capacity to full ucts CTO, “the ability to use these racks bridge technology can provide unlimited frequency re-use Gigabit Ethernet bandwidth in the IT portion of the technical core, in the 80-GHz licensed spectrum. as needs grow. which typically uses specialized racks to 50 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 53.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F Data Center Management & Administration WEBCAST 7 200 11, RATION st Many legacy data centers can be held up as cases in point of JULY E REGIST m/webca how not to manage and administer structured cabling. Whether the environment is a data center’s LAN or its SAN, improper E FR .co install OW! administration can have adverse effects ranging from the leing w.cab N UP N inability to trace a circuit, to impeding airflow, to making moves/ ww adds/changes an unnecessarily long process. This webcast, SIG produced by Cabling Installation & Maintenance, provides a look at the industry standards, best practices, and technological developments that are helping data center managers improve the manner in which they administer their cabling plants. Presentation 1: Importance of proper cable management in the data center, from circuit tracing to airflow impedance, and copper/fiber choices related to management. Presentation 2: Technologies built for management – a technology- focused rather than brand-focused look at some of the products that have been developed specifically for cable management in the data center. Presentation 3: The TIA-606A addendum covering data centers – The 606A standard did not consider data centers, and the 942 standard did not consider administration. The two worlds are getting together in the form of an addendum to 606A. Date: July 11, 2007 Time: 1:00 p.m. EDT Moderated by: Patrick McLaughlin, Chief Editor, Cabling Installation & Maintenance Sponsored by: _________ Photo credit: BigStockPhoto.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 54.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F Big Green initiative that can reduce cabling costs; ing system. continued from page 49 • Virtualize IT infrastructures, such as “Relief from the energy crisis can’t be providing clients the IBM action plan to emerging hybrid systems that feature achieved through incremental improve- make their data centers fully utilized and special purpose processors designed ments,” says Bill Zeitler, senior vice pres- energy efficient.” to improve performance and reduce ident of IBM System and Technology Specifically, Project Big Green will in- energy consumption; Group. “Bold ideas and actionable plans volve a five-step approach to data center energy savings: “Relief from the energy crisis can’t be achieved • Evaluate existing facilities with en- ergy assessment, virtual 3-D power through incremental improvements.” management, and thermal analytics— including identifying and resolving • Seize control with power manage- are needed to deal with this issue.” existing/potential heat-related issues ment soft ware, such as provision- Project Big Green includes a new glob- that could create outages; ing soft ware that can reduce 80% of al “green team” of more than 850 energy- • Plan, build or update to an ener- power consumption on servers by efficiency architects from across IBM. gy-efficient data center, includ- putting them on standby mode when The company also plans to launch a ing a free online self-assessment of not needed; Web-enabled clearinghouse, the Ener- data center energy use, the op- • Exploit liquid cooling solutions gy Efficiency Incentive Finder, which tion of a pre-configured 500 or both inside and outside of the data will include details about incentives 1,000-square-foot data center with center, including IBM’s patented and programs that are available from energy-efficient technology, and “stored cooling” technology designed local utility companies, governments, a solution for improving air flow to significantly increase the efficiency and other participating agencies around under the data center raised floor of the data center’s end-to-end cool- the world. Short runs… DURHAM, NH—The University of New Hampshire Interoperability RICHARDSON, TX—A Web-based printing program for producing Lab (UNH IOL; (www.iol.unh.edu) recently conducted multi-vendor telecommunications system labels has been unveiled by 10GBase-T interoperability for Fulcrum Microsystems, Solarflare CommScope (www.commscope.com) that enables SYSTIMAX Communications, and Teranetics. Solarflare and Teranetics BusinessPartners to create professional product labels for demonstrated their independent 10GBase-T PHY implementation specific installations. The customized solution replaces the static using different systems at either end of the link. Tests were repeated templates available on the company’s website, and provides multiple times over a 55-meter, two-connector topology of Category two ways to create labels. The software supports labeling on a 6 cabling to show support for legacy installed cabling. A network number of SYSTIMAX products, including M2000/M3000 panels, throughput and latency benchmark showed that the link sustained PATCHMAX PS panels, LE and L faceplates, and VisiPatch/ a throughout of 10-Gbits/sec. The tests used two different switch VisiPatch 360 panels. designs from Fulcrum Microsystems (www.fulcrummicro.com). ______________ SACRAMENTO, CA—Low-power semiconductor transceiver Mike Zeile, vice president of marketing at Fulcrum, says, “These developer KeyEye Communications (www.keyeye.net) and copper two switch reference designs will provide OEM customers with transceiver manufacturer Methode Electronics (www.methode.com) quick-to-market [Ethernet] platforms that have the assurance of will jointly develop 10-Gigabit Ethernet copper MSA pluggable interoperability.” modules compatible with the short-reach, lower-power mode of SALT LAKE CITY, UT—Silex Technologies (www.silexamerica. the IEEE 802.3an 10GBase-T standard. The companies say the com) has unveiled Multicast Video Distribution System (MVDS), a __ modules will help data center managers significantly reduce cost wired/wireless video distribution system designed for the digital and power consumption resulting from a growing array of sign industry. MVDS’ digital multicast technology and an advanced 10-Gigabit servers and switches. compression algorithm lets it support large numbers of displays WATERTOWN, CT—Siemon’s (www.siemon.com) EMEA (Europe, at long distances with no image degradation. Designed for airport Middle East and Africa) manufacturing operations and logistics arrival/departure areas, trade shows, retail advertising, classrooms, center’s Quality Management System in Brno, Czech Republic, and emergency information displays, the MVDS technology can has been certified ISO9001:2000. The Brno facility will serve as connect using industry-standard Ethernet cabling and hardware, or Siemon’s pan-EMEA logistics hub, housing stock and acting as the via 802.11a wireless networking. Silex says its technology eliminates key distribution center for the company’s markets. In addition, the the need to use more expensive analog splitters and repeaters. facility houses IT cabling component manufacturing operations. 52 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 55.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F Cat 6A solution undergoes 10-GbE traffic test E thernet Load Modules from perfor- livery and measure the performance of mance test systems developer Ixia these application-aware devices with tra- (www.ixia.com) were used at a demon- ditional test gear. To test these intelligent cabling system delivered to an end user.” Configurations were pre-configured, hot-staged, and pre-tested at the Ixia lab stration at Interop this spring to per- network devices effectively, real applica- in Calabasas, CA, and included two four- form “real” data plane traffic connector NetClear GTX chan- generation and analysis of the 15-meter, four-connector channel configuration nel configurations consisting of Berk-Tek (www.berktek.com) one 15-meter and one 100-meter and Ortronics/Legrand (www. ____ channel running live 10GBase-T _________ NetClear GTX ortronics.com) B traffic. NetClear GTX cabling A Augmented Category 6 UTP components consisted of the C channel solution. Analysis LANmark-10G Category 6A E D results showed frame rates cable from Berk-Tek and the Source: Berk-Tek/Ortronics and characterized data packets Clarity 10G patch panel, patch being sent. The NetClear/Ixia test included two four-con- cords, and TracJack workstation mod- “Today’s network components are in- nector NetClear GTX channel configurations ules from Ortronics/Legrand. creasingly aware of packet sequences that consisting of one 15-meter channel (shown) In addition to the Interop demonstra- now require cabling systems combined and one 100-meter channel running live tion, the Data Communications Com- with more sophisticated active equip- 10GBase-T traffic. petence Center for Nexans, located ment, higher up in the protocol stack, in Berk-Tek’s New Holland, PA facility, which is critical for efficiently qualifying tion traffic needs to be created.” is using two 10GBase-T load module 10GBase-T,” says Nelson Nurga, princi- The Interop demonstration, says Todd boards for ongoing further analytics of pal technologist with Ixia. “As a result, it Harpel, director of marketing for Berk- physical layer component capabilities has become increasingly difficult to test Tek, measured “the real-life impact of net- resulting from increased network speeds effectively for end-to-end network de- work degradation on the qualify of the and bandwidth. Short runs… OAKBROOK TERRACE, IL—A recent Web poll of more than 1,100 signals. According to Actiontec, the MegaPlug technology enables technology professionals, conducted by the Computing Technology throughput speeds that are more than twice that of previous Industry Association (CompTIA; __________ finds that www.comptia.org), generation HomePlug technology solutions, at least double that of security technologies and solutions will have the greatest impact on 802.11g wireless connectivity, and approaching Ethernet cabling organizations in 2007. A year ago, security ranked second in the levels. CompTIA poll. Wireless data applications finished second in this CORNING, NY—A $300 million facility expansion is planned for year’s poll, followed by convergence solutions such as VoIP. “The Corning Inc.’s (www.corning.com) Sullivan Park Research and __________ proliferation of devices that are now connected to networks, and the Development campus. “We have set some aggressive goals for increasing mobility of customers and workers, have pushed security accelerated innovation, including an anticipated doubling of new to top-of-mind for everyone, from the technician monitoring the business-generating technologies per decade,” says Joseph Miller, network to the business owners and operators whose livelihood can executive vice president and CTO, in announcing the expansion. be at risk in the event of a security catastrophe,” says John Venator, “Ensuring that we have modern, flexible laboratory space conducive CompTIA president and CEO. to the development of a healthy pipeline of innovative technologies SUNNYVALE, CA—A powerline networking technology, MegaPlug across diverse fields is critical to our success.” AV 200 Mbps Ethernet Adapter Kit, is based on the HomePlug AV BRICK, NJ—North American Video (www.navcctv.com) has been standard for distributing large entertainment and data files around awarded a $100,000 security installation contract from the Prince the home without the need of Ethernet cabling. Developer Actiontec George’s County Public Schools in Maryland. The agreement Electronics (www.actiontec.com) says the adapters can be used to includes design and implementation of a state-of-the-art video connect computers, set-top boxes and other devices for high-speed surveillance system for the state’s second largest school system multimedia file transfer over existing home electrical wiring. The and its 134,000 students. North American Video designs, installs, technology features two Ethernet adapters that can be used to build and offers training for security systems for applications ranging from a new home network or to extend an existing network to areas of banking to retail. the home that are difficult to reach via Ethernet cabling or wireless www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 53 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 56.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F New Products Compiled by Steve Smith Indoor/outdoor fiber hubs capacity. The cabinet is built to accept The OmniReach Indoor Fiber Distribu- cables through openings located on the tion Hub FDH 3000i is designed to orga- top and bottom, while T-shaped cable nize and administer fiber-optic cables and guides and cable management spools passive optical splitters for such installa- align with each RMU, dividing and tions as multi-dwelling units. Providing ty against defects from manufacturing organizing cables as they enter and exit a cross-connect and interconnect inter- and workmanship, the LSZH cables can the rack-mount space. face for optical transmission signals at the be custom ordered to length and for spe- CHATSWORTH PRODUCTS cific installation requirements. www.chatsworth.com CABLES TO GO www.cablestogo.com Enterprise access point MAP-625 enterprise-class wireless ac- Passive cooling cabinet cess points provide a centrally managed N-Series TeraFrame network cabinets WLAN solution that enable migration are engineered to solve thermal prob- from legacy standards to 802.11n with- MDU, the 3000i features a front-facing lems, such as network switches with side- out upgrades, architectural changes, or cross-connect configuration designed for to-side airflow located in a hot aisle/cold additional peripheral equipment. Fea- fiber management and able to accommo- aisle layout that run the risk of re-con- turing dual radios, the MAP-625 is date a range of fiber counts as well as sup- suming hot exhaust air, causing elevated designed to provide 802.11n clients with porting factory-installed pigtails, fanouts equipment intake temperatures that lead and splitters. These cabinets can be wall- to failure. The company’s CPI Passive rack-, or floor-mounted. Cooling solutions technology manages Providing a connection between fiber- high-density switches while maximiz- optic cables and passive optical splitters in the outside plant, the OmniReach FDH 3000S fiber distribu- tion hub can be mounted to support more than four times the performance aerial, direct-buried, of typical WLANs while simultaneously and underground ap- supporting legacy 802.11a/b/g devices at plications. The hub their full speeds. connects feeder and COLUBRIS NETWORKS distribution cables via www.colubris.com optical splitters in FTTx networks, and is especially suited for rural and brownfield Compact OSP enclosure deployments. Designed for high-density telecommu- ADC nications equipment, such as 3G UMTS www.adc.com equipment and batteries, the 50B Com- pact Enclosure for outside plant mea- LSZH patch cables sures 15 inches wide by 25 inches tall and Duplex 62.5/125-µm and 50/125-µm multimode LSZH (low-smoke zero-hal- ogen) fiber-optic patch cables are now ing the data center’s energy efficiency. available in more than 60 standard con- Available in 10 heights and 11 depths, the figurations. These cables are designed for N-Series cabinets can manage 48 Catego- harsh environments, particularly where ry 6A UTP cables per RMU (rack-mount space is at a premium, such as high-end units), and are designed to simplify server rooms, aircraft , and ships/sub- installation and maintenance while pro- marines. Covered by a lifetime warran- viding maximum cable management 54 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 57.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F New Products 33 inches deep, with 6U of 19-inch rack 23-gauge solid copper and a precision space. The enclosure can mount to pad, 100-Ω dielectric. Featuring a double- pole or wall, and features hinged, tam- jacket design, the cable’s inner jacket is per-proof doors that can lift off for easier designed to maintain critical spacing of mounting. Other features include gray or the twisted-pair elements, while the outer beige powder-coat paint finish, integrated TPE jacket offers additional strength, back-up battery module, and alarms to mover; HT-300 three-speed under-floor durability, diameter, and abrasion resis- detect high temperature and intrusion. air mover; HT-500 thermostatically Sealed for maximum protection, the controlled under-floor air mover; and 50B Compact Enclosure is designed for HT-700 thermostatically controlled over- GR-487, Zone 4 compliance. head air mover. COMMSCOPE DEGREE CONTROLS www.commscope.com www.fi xmydatacentercooling.com tance. The minimized pair skew (or delay) allows for red, green, and blue video com- Hot spot zapper Heavy-duty AV cable ponents to remain in sync for optimal HotSpotr, billed as an easy-to-install Designed for transmission of component picture quality and video distribution. system for cooling data center hot spots, analog video in a twisted-pair format GEPCO INTERNATIONAL supplies cool air to hot racks and then ex- without hardware delay compensation, www.gepco.com hausts the hot air directly to the CRAC the LSK04HD heavy-duty, ultra-low skew (computer room air conditioner). Each UTP cable provides a consistent pair lay Two-in-one blower unit is designed to eliminate hot spots with a maximum time-delay differential The Fibreflow Fusion blower can blow in up to three racks. Models include: of 2 ns (per 100 m) between any two pairs. fiber counts of 1 to 96 (typically requires HT-100 always-on under-f loor air Each pair in the cable is constructed from two machines to cover this range). It ➤ If Higher Ed Is Your Market, ACUTA Has Events for You! Reach decision makers responsible for voice, data and video services on campuses from coast to coast at ACUTA events. July 29–Aug. 2, 2007 October 14–17, 2007 January 27–30, 2008 April 6–9, 2008 36th Annual Conference Fall Seminars Winter Seminars Spring Seminars & Exhibition Minneapolis, MN Anaheim, CA St. Louis, MO Hollywood, FL Contact ACUTA to Connect with Higher Ed! Amy Burton, Mgr. Corporate Relations/Marketing 859/278-3338 www.acuta.org/ex-spon www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 55 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 58.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F Product Focus: fiber-optic polishing equipment Portable polisher for field termination Long-life polishing fixture, film The Rev system for processing fiber- dards. According to the company, Built for long life and designed for use with ST, optic connectors features a patented newly terminated connectors can be SC, and FC connectors with 2.5-mm ferrules, connector holding mechanism that polished to singlemode geometries the Model 45-342 polishing fixture features a is optically aligned and calibrated in less than two minutes. Damaged precision-manufactured center hole diameter connectors on cabling, patch cords, to assure the ferrule is kept perpendicular to OTDR launch boxes, and test equip- the polishing surface. In addition, a grooved ment interfaces can be recovered face is designed to enhance polishing effi - and retro-polished to their original ciency and optimal connector specifications. Lightweight and por- performance. The compa- table, powered by either a 9-volt bat- ny has also introduced tery or AC adapter, the Rev is built a line of aluminum ox- for inclusion in field termination kits. ide polishing films for Interchangeable workholder fixtures ceramic, stainless support all industry-standard UPS/ steel, plastic and APC connectors, MIL-SPEC termini, composite ferrules. and custom components. As an A single sheet typically alternative to mechanical cleaving yields a range of 10 to 20 devices, Rev can also polish bare connectors when used in the recommended fibers to superior flatness and sur- three-step process of 0.5-µm, 3-µm, and face finish in preparation for fusion- 12-µm films. Films are available in quantities splicing activities. of 20 per sleeve in 3 x 6-inch sizes. to achieve maximum performance KRELL TECHNOLOGIES IDEAL INDUSTRIES and compliance with Telcordia stan- www.krelltech.com www.idealindustries.com is fitted with a radial force-setting Gell-free loose tube device, a blocking device, and an elec- The NanoCore line of gell-free, loose tube tronic speed and distance counter. In- optical-fiber cables includes a 12 to 24 fiber-optic strand zip cord, a single-jacket construction built to accommodate from 2 to 12 strands, and a dual-jacket con- struction that can ac- commodate up to 72 strands. (Where more than 12 strands are properties, is a key element of the com- present, they are sep- cluded with the blower are control and pany’s new fiber-optic cleaning kit. Also arated by a colored air treatment, set of air hoses, tools, included are a cleaning card and cleaning binder into 12-strand lubricating oil, and spare parts. cube, both of which are designed to pro- bundles.) Designed to EMTELLE US vide cleaning and wiping surfaces that work with MT, MTP/ www.emtelle.com are safe to fiber end faces. In addition, the MPO, and other small-form-function kit includes two sizes of swabs for clean- connectors, NanoCore cables offer high- Fiber cleaner ing inside fiber ports. er fiber strand counts in smaller diameter A fiber-optic solvent, which uses a plastic- FLUKE NETWORKS cables, and can be installed in most ple- safe solver designed for superior cleaning www.flukenetworks.com num environments. Available construc- 56 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 59.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F New Products tions include 8.3-µm singlemode and imal depth in front of the panel. The 62.5/50-µm multimode, including fiber recess depth (3-inches from installation for 10-Gigabit Ethernet applications. point) provides room for proper patch HITACHI CABLE MANCHESTER cord bend radius. Built for standard www.hcm.hitachi.com 19-inch racks and cabinets, the recessed L-Plug with snagless boot is available for panels are offered in the company’s Uni- Fiber-optic fueled camera RJ-45 Category 5e, and soon to be avail- versal and QuickPort styles, in 1RU Built-in 10-bit digital fiber-optic trans- able for Category 6. It has a cable rating 2-port, 2RU 48-port, and 2RU 72-port ceivers are now available with the Super- of up to 350 MHz, and features gold con- configurations. Dome series of indoor/outdoor analog tacts with UL 94V-0. LEVITON VOICE & DATA PTZ dome cameras. The fiber interface WESTEK ELECTRONICS www.levitonvoicedata.com is designed to provide exceptional light- www.westek.com ening immunity for outdoor security Power over Ethernet midspan A one-port, gigabit Power over Eth- Recessed patch panels ernet (PoE) midspan (PD-7001G) These recessed patch panels provide is built to main- expanded options for applications where tain existing PoE the back rail is positioned close to the standard param- rear doors, or in applications with min- eters with dou- ble the power, supporting a min- imum of 30 watts installations, and exceptional resistance at the port output. This unit is suitable to electrical interference for industrial/ for such applications as security cam- harsh environment interior installations. era installations, gigabit video phones, The V1700M multimode version offers a WiMAX transmitters, or 802.11n transmission distance of up to 2.7 miles, access points. The PD-7001G is designed while the V1700S singlemode version to generate safe power over Category 5 offers a transmission distance of up to cabling, providing maximum power by 18.6 miles. (Singlemode versions sup- using a 55-volt output. The unit includes ➤ porting longer distances are available.) These cameras offer 480 TVL, high-res- olution, DSP imaging in color, with 18x and 22x, day/night operation with 23x, bulletin boards and image stabilized 26x and 35x optical zoom. The fiber-optic transceiver sup- ports switch-selectable interfaces, such 10Gig Testing as Manchester/Biphase, RS-422, and White Paper RS-485 (two- and four-wire). INFINOVA Learn about the testing challenges for 10Gig www.infinova.com Ethernet over copper cabling and see how new installation and testing Snag-free plug guidelines help combat The patented Snagless L-plug has been Alien Crosstalk. engineered to protect the modular jack Download our white paper today at lever from snagging surrounding cables www.flukenetworks.com/10Gig or equipment, rendering the connector unbreakable. It is designed to stay tightly and securely in port and, according to the company, is as easy to lock and un- _________ NETWORKSUPERVISION ©2006. Fluke Corporation. lock as a traditional L-plug. Snagless www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 57 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 60.
    C Previous PageContents Zoom In A 7 Installation Maintenance Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F New Products an interlocking feature that lets you scale feet when used with a passive balun Curved patch panels deployments by linking multiple one- at the receiver (up to 6,000 feet when used Clarity curved patch panels for the com- port midspan units as new devices are with an active balun). It consumes less pany’s Clarity 6 and 5E connectivity tech- added to the network, and an internal than 0.7 watts, deriving power from the nology feature a patent-pending recessed AC/DC converter. CCTV camera. design that helps direct patch cords to MICROSEMI CORP. MUXLAB vertical rack or cabinet management, and www.microsemi.com www.muxlab.com CCTV balun IP video software The Active CCTV Transmitter Balun pro- XProtect Corporate IP video soft ware is vides enhanced video performance for a designed for large, multi-site and mul- single CCTV video channel via Category 5 tiple server installations requiring 24/7 UTP cable. When installed inside a dome surveillance. The distributed server serves as an alternative for installations architecture allows unlimited recording with limited rack space for horizontal and arching of video, while client access management. Available in 24-port (1U) provides live view, playback, and video and 48-port (2U) configurations, these evidence export with smart search and ETL-tested patch panels are verified to analysis. The soft ware supports a wide TIA Category 6 and 5e component spec- range of network cameras and encoders, ifications, include rear cable management while the open platform includes appli- and full labeling capabilities, and fea- cation program interfaces (API) for inte- ture universal 568-A/B wiring as well as camera or camera back box, the balun gration with third-party systems. 110 termination practices. features manual gain compensation to MILESTONE SYSTEMS ORTRONICS/LEGRAND support distances from 500 to 3,000 www.milestonesys.com www.ortronics.com • UPC/APC/MIL Rev ™ Extend T1/E1 over: Connectors Micro Polisher • Telcordia Compliant • Ideal for Field Kits, Ethernet hot products Cable Repair IP/Ethernet • AC/Battery Operation Fiber Miles of Fiber Wire Up to Several Miles of 2-pair Wire www.textender.com 800-432-2638 krell technologies Data Comm for Business, Inc. www.krelltech.com ■ 732-617-7091 58 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 61.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F hot products Now you have a cost effective new compression tool for use with a wide variety of connectors including most 59, 6, 7 and 11 “F” connectors and many RCA and IEC connectors. Compact and sturdy, the CT2 has spring-loaded handles with a push button lock and is designed for easy use in tight spaces. No special adjustments, no adapters… just reliable performance day after day. For more info visit www.ripley-tools.com or call 860-635-2200 today. Visit Booth #1435 at the SCTE Cable-Tec Expo _____________ 46 Nooks Hill Road, Cromwell, CT 06416 USA the Industry’s Centralized Management Channel PowerDsine Cost Effective Solutions Fully IEEE 802.3af Standard Compliant 3006 POE Easy plug-and-play installation Automatic detection and protection Connecting of non-standard Ethernet terminals Saves time and reduces installation the organizations costs that develop Part#: 33-POE-PD3006 Powers all major wireless LAN access points and IP phones cabling technology Scalable solution 6/12-port product and those that Z Dualband Antenna Material: UL 94-V0 PC/ABS Size: 1.75” high Cable: 16” Plenum use it. Rated RG-58/U PL Connector Options: RPTNC(Male) or RPSMA(Male) Mounting Method: Through hole 15/16 dia (0.94) 78-14 UNF Plastic Hex Nut Part#: 34-ZDUAL-KIT-RPTNCM Gain: 2.4GHz—4dBi (802.11b/g) Part#: 34-ZDUAL-KIT-RPSMAM Gain: 4.9-5.8GHz—4dBi ((802.11a) www.cable-install.com Visit www.oberonwireless.com Call 1-877-867-2312 for details. www.cable-install.com Cabling Installation & Maintenance ■ July 2007 ■ 59 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 62.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F INDEX OF ADVERTISERS COMPANY PAGE PHONE WEB Acuta 55 859-278-3338 www.acuta.org/home.cfm Chief Editor / Patrick McLaughlin Senior Vice President/Group Publishing Director (603) 891-9222 • patrick@pennwell.com ADC insert www.adc.com Mark Finkelstein Tel: (603) 891-9133; fax: (603) 891-9297 Executive Editor / Steve Smith Agilent Technologies 5 800-829-4444 www.agilent.com/find/wirescope mark@pennwell.com (603) 891-9139 • stevesm@pennwell.com ext 5465 Associate Publisher/National Sales Manager Senior Editor / Matt Vincent Belden/CDT C3 800-BELDEN-1 www.belden.com Ed Murphy (603) 891-9262 • mattv@pennwell.com PennWell Corp./ATD CableManagement Solutions Inc. 4 800-308-6788 www.snaketray.com 98 Spit Brook Road Circulation Manager / Michelle Blake Nashua, NH 03062-5737 (603) 891-9360 • michellb@pennwell.com Cables To Go 26 800-361-0471 www.quiktron.com Tel: (603) 891-9260; fax: (603) 891-9245 edm@pennwell.com Mylchreest Art Director / Kelli Cablofil Inc. 39 www.cablofil.com Online Sales Manager Hipp Lead Illustrator / Chris Corning Cable Systems C2 800-743-2671 www.corning.com/cablesystems Shaun Shen Tel: (916) 419-1481 Senior Vice President/Group Publishing Director Daimler Chrysler Vans 12-13 800-4ADODGE www.dodge.com/sprinter sshen@pennwell.com Mark Finkelstein (603) 891-9133 • mark@pennwell.com Datacom for Business 58 800-432-2638 www.textender.com Reprint Sales Diane Troyer Associate Publisher/National Sales Manager Diamond Ground Products 59 805-493-3837 www.diamondground.com Tel: Murphy Ed (603) 891-9385; fax: (603) 891-9245 dianet@pennwell.com (603) 891-9260 • edm@pennwell.com Dymo Corporation 27 www.rhinolabeling.com List Rental / Bob Dromgoole Fluke Inc. 1 www.flukenetworks.com/seehow (603) 891-9128 • bobd@pennwell.com CABLING INSTALLATION & MAINTENANCE EXECUTIVE AND EDITORIAL OFFICES Fluke Inc. 48 www.flukenetworks.com/ INTERNATIONAL SALES PennWell ATD SeeMicroSCanner2 Australia/New Zealand / Glenn Clarke 98 Spit Brook Road Fax: +61 NH 03062-5737 Nashua, 3 9 568 4955 Fluke Inc. 57 www.flukenetworks.com/10Gig glennclarke@build.com.au Tel: (603) 891-0123, fax: (603) 891-9245 Internet: www.cable-install.com General Cable Company 31 800-424-5666 www.generalcable.com France, the Netherlands, Belgium, Andora, Greece, Spain, Portugal, Western Switzerland / Luis Matutano Hellermann Tyton 36 800-822-4352 www.hellerman.tyton.com Tel: +33 1 39 66 16INQUIRIES: 1 39 23 84 18 SUBSCRIPTION 87; fax: +33 luism@pennwell.com change your format to print or digital, For subscriptions or to Hyperline Systems Canada 35 866-63-hyper www.hyperlinesystems.com please go to: www.cim-subscribe.com. Subscriptions outside Austria, Eastern Europe, the USA are available in digital format only. Germany, Northern Switzerland / Holger Gerisch Krell Technologies 58 732-617-7091 www.krelltech.com Tel: +49 8801-302430; fax: +49 8801 913220 holgerg@pennwell.com Leviton Telcom 41 800-922-6229 www.levitonvoicedata.com India / Rajan Sharma Live Wire & Cable 57 888-897-6008 www.live w-c.com Tel: +91 11 686 1113; fax: +91 11 686 1112 rajan@interadsindia.com Micro Plastics 20 www.microplastics.com CORPORATE OFFICERS Israel / Dan Aronovic Tel: +972 9 899 5813 Lauinger Chairman / Frank T. Mohawk 14 800-422-9961 www.mohawk-cable.com aronovic@actcom.co.il President and Chief Executive Officer / Robert F. Biolchini Oberon Inc. 59 814-867-2312 www.oberonwireless.com Italy / Vittorio Rossi Prudente Tel: +39 0 49 87 Officer fax: +39 0Wilmoth 98 Chief Financial 87 584; / Mark C. 49 66 04 OFS Optics (Optical Fiber Division) 11 www.ofsoptics.com/fiber prudente@aviationweek.com ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY DIVISION Russia / Anton Antoniuk Optical Cable Corp. 2 540-265-0690 www.occifiber.com Tel: +7 095 234 5678; fax: +7 095 234 5665 Senior Executive Assistant Ortronics Inc. 24 800-934-5432 www.ortronics.com anton@ccc.ru Carol Woodward U.K.(603) 891-9112, fax: (603) 891-9287 Tel: & Scandinavia / Amanda Loftus Paladin Tools 38 800-272-8665 www.paladin-tools.com carolw@pennwell.com Tel: +44 0 1793 862111; fax: +44 0 1793 862110 amandal@pennwell.com Panduit Corp. 10 800-777-3300 www.panduit.com/p922 VP Audience Development / Gloria S. Adams Asia Sales Manager / Adonis Mak Panduit Corp. C4 800-777-3300 www.panduit.com/net23 Tel: +852 2 838 6298; fax: +852 2 838 2766 ATD PUBLISHING SERVICES DEPARTMENTS adonism@actintl.com.hk Pulizzi Engineering Inc. 21 977-pulizzi www.pulizzi.com Art Director / Meg Fuschetti Japan / Manami Konishi Tel: +81 3 5771 8886; fax: +81 3 5771 8887 Ripley Tools 59 860-635-2200 www.ripley-tools.com manami.konishi@ex-press.jp Rodriguez Production Director / Mari (603) 891-9193 • marir@pennwell.com Siemon Company 33 www.siemon.com Korea / Paek Kwon Tel: +82 2 420 1293 or 1213; Manager2/ 420 1294 Marketing Communication fax: +82 Kristen Jones Test-Um/JDSU 7, 45 805-383-1500 www.test-um.com pkwon@kescor.co.kr (603) 891-9425 • kristenj@pennwell.com Singapore,Manager / Indonesia, Thailand Ad Traffic Malaysia, Lacy Ward Transition Networks 17 800-526-9267 www.transition.com Grace 832-9268 • lward@pennwell.com (918) Leung Tel: +65 6 836 2272; fax: +65 6 735 9653 Tyco Electronics 28 www.tycoelectronics.com gleung@publicitas.com Tyco Electronics Corp. 19 800-553-0938 www.ampnetconnecy.com Taiwan / Anita Chen Tel: +886 IN8751 USA fax: +886 2 8751 8861 NO. 126813153 PRINTED 2 THE 5162; GST Uniprise 8 up.commscope.com/designguide anita_chen@globalitmedia.com Publications Mail Agreement Number 40052420 The index of Advertiser’s is published as a service. The publisher does not assume any liability for errors or omissions. 60 ■ July 2007 ■ Cabling Installation & Maintenance www.cable-install.com C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue Next Page EMaGS B F
  • 63.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F Get Peace of Mind with Belden Fiber Solutions ® The Fast, Easy, Belden has been involved in the develop- Belden developed the FiberExpress Affordable ment of optical fiber components since Solution to assure the smooth operation and Reliable 1972—evolving to its present status as an of your network and to provide for Way to Fiber international supplier of high quality, cost- efficient network management—while effective optical fiber cabling systems. continually reducing your total cost of ownership and preparing your The Belden FiberExpress® Solution is the system for the future. culmination of the company’s experience in the optical fiber arena, offering users For more information a complete, high-performance, end-to- on fiber solutions from end cabling system that supports both Belden call 1.800.BELDEN.1 centralized and fiber-to-the-desk (FTTD) topologies, as well as in-building or www.belden.com campus backbone cabling configurations. The Belden FiberExpress Solution is, however, much more than an assemblage of top-performing products. It represents a whole new approach to the methodology of optical fiber cabling, i.e., FiberExpress systems are unique in their ability to offer both superior performance and a more cost effective, faster and less complex installation process than traditional optical fiber cabling systems. © 2007, Belden Inc. C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F
  • 64.
    C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F PANDUIT ® QUICKNET ™ Cabling Systems deliver optimum performance and speed of deployment for scalable, high-density applications. QUICKNET ™ Cable Assemblies and Modular Cassettes are pre-terminated and pre-tested to deliver consistent, reliable performance resulting in significantly less installation time than traditional field terminations. These end-to-end cabling systems improve flexibility, minimize waste and optimize cable management in up to 48 ports per rack space. QUICKNET ™ Copper Cabling System: ■ Pre-terminated cable assemblies are customized for PANDUIT is a Global Leader Category 6 and Category 6A performance levels, cable Providing Innovative End-To-End flame rating, end configurations and lengths from 10 to 295 feet Network Connectivity Solutions ■ Modular patch panels include a high-density angled version that that Enable the Deployment quadruples rack density when used with vertical cable managers of Technology. QUICKNET ™ Fiber Optic Cabling System: ■ Copper Cabling Systems ■ Pre-terminated cassettes for singlemode, multimode, and ■ Fiber Cabling Systems 10 Gb/s systems deliver verified low loss, allowing for greater network design flexibility and longer reach network segments ■ Outlets ■ Application specific trunk, interconnect, and hydra cable ■ Raceway Systems assemblies are 100% tested to assure verified optical ■ Zone Cabling Systems performance for improved network integrity ■ Network Management and PANDUIT provides the leadership, innovation, and quality necessary PoE Systems to ensure the performance, reliability, and interoperability of an ■ Fiber Routing Systems integrated network. Invest in a trouble-free, high performance ■ Racks and Cable Management infrastructure for the lowest total cost of ownership. ■ Network Grounding Systems ■ Network Identification Systems ■ Network Cable Ties and Accessories PANDUIT is a Solutions Enabler Partner for IP Communications within the Cisco Technology Developer Program. Visit us at www.panduit.com/net23 Contact Customer Service by email: cs@panduit.com or by phone: 800-777-3300 and reference ad # net23 C Previous Page A Installation 7Maintenance Contents Zoom In Zoom Out Front Cover Search Issue B Next Page EMaGS F